Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File Number 0-13814
CORTLAND BANCORP
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
     
Ohio   34-14511184
     
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     
194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio   44410
     
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (330) 637-8040
Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(b) of the Act: None
Securities registered pursuant to Section l2(g) of the Act:
Common Stock, no par value
(Title of Class)
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. o Yes þ No
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. o Yes þ No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (l) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section l3 or l5(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of l934 during the preceding l2 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. þ Yes o No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of the chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of the Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K o .
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer o     Accelerated filer þ     Non-accelerated filer   o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company þ  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). o Yes þ No
Based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock of June 29, 2007, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $72,881,908. For purposes of this response directors and executive officers are considered the affiliates of the issuer at that date.
The number of shares outstanding of the issuer’s classes of common stock as of March 11, 2008: 4,398,878 shares
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the Annual Shareholders Report for the year ended December 31, 2007 are incorporated by reference into Parts I, II and IV. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the annual shareholders meeting to be held April 22, 2008 are incorporated by reference into Part III.
 
 

 


 

INDEX
     
    Page
   
 
   
   
  I-2
  I-4
 
   
  I-7
 
   
  I-9
 
   
  I-9
 
   
  I-9
 
   
  I-10
 
   
  I-10
 
   
   
 
   
  II-1
 
   
  II-2
 
   
  II-2
 
   
  II-2
 
   
  II-2
 
   
  II-2
 
   
  II-2
 
   
  II-2
 
   
   
 
   
  III-1
 
   
  III-1
 
   
  III-1
 
   
  III-1
 
   
  III-1
 
   
   
 
   
  IV-1
 
   
  IV-2
 
   
  IV-3
  EX-10.3
  EX-10.4
  EX-10.5
  EX-10.7
  EX-10.8
  EX-10.10
  EX-10.11
  EX-10.12
  EX-13
  EX-14
  EX-21
  EX-23
  EX-31.1
  EX-31.2
  EX-32

I-1


Table of Contents

PART I
Item l. Business
General
THE CORPORATION
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — THE CORPORATION — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
CORTLAND BANKS
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — CORTLAND BANKS — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
NEW RESOURCES LEASING COMPANY
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — NEW RESOURCES LEASING COMPANY — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
      SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
     The Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (The Financial Services Reform Act). Under the Financial Services Reform Act, the Company may continue to claim the benefits of financial holding company status as long as each depository institution that it controls remains well capitalized and well managed. The Company is required to provide notice to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System when it becomes aware that any depository institution controlled by the Company ceases to be well capitalized or well managed. Furthermore, current regulation specifies that prior to initiating or engaging in any new activities that are authorized for financial holding companies, the Company’s insured depository institutions must be rated “satisfactory” or better under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s bank subsidiary was rated “satisfactory” for CRA purposes, and remained well capitalized and, in management’s opinion, well managed. Cortland Bancorp owns no property. Operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.
     The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve System, is subject to periodic examination and regulation by both the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions. These examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices and other aspects of the Bank’s operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors. In addition to these regular examinations, the Bank must furnish periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to the statutory limit of $100,000 per customer. Individual Retirement Account deposits are insured by the FDIC to $250,000 per customer.

I-2


Table of Contents

Item l. Business
General (Continued)
     On July 30, 2002, President Bush signed into law the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which contains important new requirements for public companies in the area of financial disclosure and corporate governance. In accordance with section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, written certifications by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required. These certifications attest that the Company’s quarterly and annual reports filed with the SEC do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact. The Company has also implemented a program designed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which includes the identification of significant processes and accounts, documentation of the design of control effectiveness over process and entity level controls, and testing of the operating effectiveness of key controls.
COMPETITION
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — COMPETITION — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference.
EMPLOYEES
     Information relating to Item 1 — Business General — EMPLOYEES — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 4, Brief Description of the Business and is incorporated herein by reference
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
     The Company files an annual report on Form 10K, quarterly reports on Form 10Q, current reports on Form 8K and amendments to those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s Internet address is www.cortland-banks.com. The Company makes available through this address, free of charge, the reports filed, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed, or furnished to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. The public may read and copy any materials filed with the Commission at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, on official business days during the hours of 10:00 am to 3:00 pm. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330.

I-3


Table of Contents

Item l. Business
Statistical Disclosure
I. DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS, LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY; INTEREST RATES AND INTEREST DIFFERENTIAL
     Information relating to I — Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
         
    Pages in 2007
    Annual Report
    to Shareholders
A. Average Balance Sheet - December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    32 & 33  
 
       
B. Analysis of Net Interest Earnings - Years ending December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    32 & 33  
 
       
C. Rate and Volume Analysis - 2007 change from 2006 and 2006 change from 2005
    41  
II. INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO
     Information relating to II — Investment Portfolio is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
         
    Pages in 2007
    Annual Report
    to Shareholders
A. Book value of investments - December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    50 - 51  
 
       
B. Summary of securities held - December 31, 2007
    51 & 52  
 
       
C. N/A
       

I-4


Table of Contents

III. LOAN PORTFOLIO (ALL DOMESTIC)
A. TYPES OF LOANS
     Information relating to III — Loan Portfolio — A. Types of Loans is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 48, Loan Portfolio and is incorporated herein by reference.
B. MATURITIES AND SENSITIVITIES OF LOANS TO CHANGES IN INTEREST RATES
     Information relating to III — Loan Portfolio — B. Maturities and Sensitivities of Loans to Interest Rates is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 48, Loan Portfolio and is incorporated herein by reference.
C. RISK ELEMENTS
     Information relating to III — Loan Portfolio — C. Risk Elements, is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
         
    Pages in 2007
    Annual Report
    to Shareholders
1. Nonaccrual, Past Due and Restructured Loans
       
 
       
(1) Aggregate amount in each category (5 years)
    38  
 
       
(2) Interest income
       
(i) That would have been recorded
    20 & 38
 
(ii) That was included in income
    20 & 38  
 
       
(3) Policy for placing loans on non-accrual status
    11-13 & 19-20  
 
       
2. Potential Problem Loans
    20  
 
       
3. Foreign Outstandings
    N/A  
 
       
4. Loan concentrations over 10% not otherwise disclosed
    N/A  
D. Other Interest Bearing Assets — N/A

I-5


Table of Contents

IV. SUMMARY OF LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
A. Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Loss
          Information relating to IV — Summary of Loan Loss Experience — A. Analysis of the Allowance for Loan Loss is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Pages 46-47, Loan Loss Experience and is incorporated herein by reference.
B. Breakdown of the Allowance for Loan Losses
          Information relating to IV — Summary of Loan Loss Experience — B. Breakdown of the Allowance for Loan Losses is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference.
         
    Pages in 2007
    Annual Report
    to Shareholders
Breakdown of the Allowance for Loan Losses
    47  
 
Percentage of loans in each category
    46 - 48  
 
Loan Commitments and Lines of Credit
    23-24 & 56-57  
V. DEPOSITS (ALL DOMESTIC)
A. Average Deposits and Average Rates Paid on Deposit Categories
          Information relating to V — Deposits — A. Average Deposits and Rates is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Pages 32 & 33, Five Year Summary Average Balance Sheet, Yields and Rates and is incorporated herein by reference.
B. Not applicable
C. Not applicable
D. Summary of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More
          Information relating to V — Deposits — D. Summary of Time Deposits of $100,000 or More by Maturity Range, is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, Page 21, Note 6, Deposits and is incorporated herein by reference.
E. Not applicable
VI. RETURN ON EQUITY AND ASSETS
          Information relating to VI — Return on Equity and Assets is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 34, Selected Financial Data and is incorporated herein by reference.
VII. SHORT TERM BORROWINGS
Not required

I-6


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors
          The material risks and uncertainties that management believes affect the Company are described below. Before making an investment decision with respect to the Company’s stock, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties as described below together with all of the information included herein. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only risks and uncertainties the Company faces. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known and that are deemed immaterial also may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s result of operations and financial condition. If any of the following risks actually occur, the Company’s common stock could decline.
           Fluctuations in interest rates could adversely affect the Company’s earnings and financial condition.
     As is the case for most financial institutions, the Company’s earnings are substantially dependent upon net interest income, which is the difference between (a) the rates earned on loans, securities and other earning assets and (b) the interest rates paid on borrowings and deposits. These interest rates are highly sensitive to various factors beyond the Banks control, including but not limited to:
    the general economic conditions;
 
    governmental monetary policy;
 
    regulatory policies;
 
    rate of inflation;
 
    rate of unemployment.
     For instance, an economic downturn, increase in unemployment, or higher interest rates could decrease the demand for loans and other products and services and/or result in a deterioration in credit quality and/or loan performance.
      The Company’s business may be adversely affected by changes in government policies.
     The Company operates as a State Chartered Financial Institution and is subject to the Banking regulations of the Ohio Department of Commerce and the Division of Financial Institutions. The Company is also a member of the Federal Reserve Banks 6 th District. As such, the Company’s success depends not only on competitive factors but also on regulations that are issued by these organizations. Congress and state legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies continually review and change banking laws, regulations and policies. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementations of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect the Company in substantial and unpredictable ways, with the potential to significantly impact the Company’s cost structure. Also, the Company’s failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by the regulatory agencies and damage its reputation.
      The Company’s earnings and reputation may be adversely affected by credit risk.
     A significant portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is secured by real property. Originating and underwriting loans properly are integral to the Company’s success. Credit risk is the risk of not being able to collect the contractual obligation, including all principal and interest income when the borrower is unable to repay the obligation as agreed. Credit risk could be affected by a variety of negative conditions, including, (1) general, regional or local economic conditions, (2) rapid increase in interest rates, and/or (3) a downturn in an industry sector.

I-7


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)
     The Company’s general and specific credit risk are significant components of the Company’s reserve for loan losses which is also based upon, among other things:
    historical experience;
 
    economic conditions;
 
    regular reviews of delinquencies and loan portfolio quality;
 
    industry concentrations;
 
    and results of regulatory examinations.
Based upon such factors, management makes various assumptions and judgments about the ultimate collectibility of the respective loan portfolios. Although the Company believes that the reserve for loan losses is adequate, there can be no assurance that such reserve will prove sufficient to cover future losses. These determinations are based upon estimates that are inherently subjective. As such, future adjustments will be necessary if economic conditions change or adverse developments arise with respect to nonperforming or performing loans or if regulatory supervision changes. Material losses would result in a material decrease in the Company’s net income, and possibly its capital, and could result in the inability to pay dividends, among other adverse conditions.
           The Company’s industry is very competitive and intense.
          The Bank competes with a variety of competition including: other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, finance companies, insurance companies, brokerage and investment banking firms and credit unions. Many of these competitors have greater resources and lending limits than the Bank and may offer certain services that the Bank does not provide. The Company’s profitability depends upon the continued ability to compete effectively in our markets with the Company’s core products.
           The Company’s business could be adversely affected by a downturn in the local geographic markets where we operate and depend.
          The Bank derives the majority of its loans and deposits from the communities located in Northeast Ohio region. The local economic conditions in these areas have a significant impact on the generation of the Bank’s loan and deposit portfolios; the ability of borrowers to repay these loans; and the value of collateral securing these loans. Adverse changes in the economic conditions of the Northeast Ohio region in general could result in a negative impact on the financial results of the Company’s operations and have a negative effect on our profitability.
           A significant challenge for the future of the Company is recruiting and retaining top talent.
          In the Company’s competitive market, success will be determined in large part by who can hire and retain the best talent. Finding and retaining high performance employees is a particular challenge for banks in the Company’s core market of Northeast Ohio.
           International conflicts and terrorism could adversely impact the Company’s earnings and operations.
          The potential for terrorist activity is unpredictable and could negatively impact general and economic conditions in the United States and the Bank’s local economy in particular. The impact of such terrorism could have a significant adverse impact to the Company’s earnings and operations in ways that cannot be anticipated and/or estimated.

I-8


Table of Contents

Item 1A. Risk Factors (Continued)
           The Company’s stock price is volatile.
     The Company’s stock price has been volatile in the past, and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. These factors include:
    Actual or anticipated variations in earnings;
 
    Changes in analysts recommendations or projections;
 
    Operating and stock performance of other companies deemed to be peers;
 
    News reports of trends, concerns and other issues related to the financial services industry;
 
    Low volume of stock trades.
     The Bank’s stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these fluctuations may be unrelated to the Bank’s performance. General market price declines or market volatility in the future could adversely affect the price of the Bank’s stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices.
     Further information relating to Item 1A. Risk Factors is set forth in the Corporations 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders Management’s Discussion Analysis. Including but not limited to Page 35, Note regarding Forward-Looking Statements; pages 46-47, Loan Loss Experience; pages 59-60, Market Risk; pages 60-61, Critical Accounting Policies and page 61, Impact of Inflation, and incorporated herein by reference.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments — N/A
Item 2. Properties
CORTLAND BANCORP’S PROPERTY
     Information relating to Item 2 — Properties — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 4, Brief Description of the Business — CORTLAND BANCORP — and is incorporated herein by reference.
CORTLAND BANKS’ PROPERTY
     Information relating to Item 2 — Properties — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 4, Brief Description of the Business, THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY — and is incorporated herein by reference.
     Information relating to Item 2 — Properties — Location of Offices is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, on the back cover, Cortland Banks Offices and Locations and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings
     Information relating to Item 3 — Legal Proceedings — is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders, page 30, Note 17, Litigation, and is incorporated herein by reference.

I-9


Table of Contents

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
             No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year covered by this report.
Item 4A. Identification of Executive Officers of the Registrant
             The names, ages and positions of the executive officers as of March 11, 2008 are as follows:
             
Name   Age   Position Held
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
    60     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
 
           
James M. Gasior
    48     Senior Vice President, Secretary, Chief Financial Officer and Director
 
           
Craig M. Phythyon
    46     Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Investment Officer
          All of the officers listed above will hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
Principal Occupation and Business Experience of Executive Officers
          During the past five years the business experience of each of the executive officers has been as follows:
          Mr. Fantauzzi succeeded Mr. Platt as President and Chief Executive Officer of The Cortland Savings and Banking Company beginning October 3, 2005. Mr. Fantauzzi also succeeded Mr. Platt as President of Cortland Bancorp beginning November 1, 2005. Previously, Mr. Fantauzzi has served as Senior Vice President of the Bank since 1996. He served as Controller and Chief Financial Officer, as well as Secretary-Treasurer of both Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the “Bank”). Mr. Fantauzzi has also been Vice President and Director of New Resources Leasing Corporation, a subsidiary of the Bancorp, since 1995. Mr. Fantauzzi is 60 years old and has been a member of the Board of Directors since February 9, 1999.
          Mr. Gasior is Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of Cortland Bancorp. He is also Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Secretary of the Bank. Mr. Gasior is a Certified Public Accountant, a member of the American Institute of CPA’s and the Ohio Society of CPA’s, is 48 years of age and has been a member of the Board of Directors since November of 2005. Previously, Mr. Gasior served as Senior Vice President of Lending and Administration of Cortland Bancorp and its subsidiary bank from April 1999 to October 2005.
          Mr. Phythyon is Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer of Cortland Bancorp. He is also Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer of the Bank. Previously, Mr. Phythyon served as Vice President — Assistant Controller of the Bank beginning in 2002 and Assistant Vice President — Assistant Controller beginning in 1997. Mr. Phythyon is 46 years old.

I-10


Table of Contents

PART II
          Information relating to Items 5, 6, 7, 7A and 8 is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders under the pages indicated below and is incorporated herein by reference:
         
          Pages in 2007
          Annual Report
          to Shareholders
             
Item 5.
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities        
 
  a) Market Information   30 & 62
 
  b) Holders     62  
 
  c) Dividends   30, 36 & 62
 
  d) N/A        
 
           
 
  e) Shareholder Return Performance Graph        
CUMULATIVE VALUE OF $100 INVESTMENT
Comparison of Five-Year Cumulative Total Return Among Cortland Bancorp,
The Russell 2000 Index and SNL Securities Index of Banks with Assets Under $500 Million. (1)
Total Return Performance
      (GRAPH)
                                                                 
 
        Period Ending    
  Index     12/31/02       12/31/03       12/31/04       12/31/05       12/31/06       12/31/07    
 
Cortland Bancorp
      100.00         122.16         104.39         90.01         96.43         67.89    
 
Russell 2000
      100.00         147.25         174.24         182.18         215.64         212.26    
 
SNL Bank < $500M Index
      100.00         145.97         168.49         178.39         187.41         152.17    
 
(1)   Assumes that on December 31, 2002, $100 each was invested in the common shares of Cortland Bancorp, the Russell 200 index, and the SNL Bank Index, with all subsequent dividends reinvested. Cortland Bancorp is not among the banking companies included in the SNL Bank Index, nor is it included in the Russell 2000 index. SNL Securities provided information for Cortland Bancorp, The Russell 2000 index and the SNL Bank Index. Past performance provides no guarantee or assurance that similar results can or will be achieved in the future.

II-1


Table of Contents

PART II (CONTINUED)
         
Item 5 . (Continued)
       
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities in The Fourth Quarter of 2007
    31  
 
       
    34  
 
       
    35-61  
 
       
    54-55,  
 
    59-60  
    4-34  
 
       
       
 
       
None
       
 
       
       
      Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures . With the supervision and participation of management, including the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) has been evaluated as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures are, to the best of their knowledge, effective as of the end of the period covered by this report to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to them, particularly during the period for which our periodic reports, including this report, are being prepared.
      Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . The Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is included on page 5 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
      Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm . The Attestation Report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm is included on page 6 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference.
      Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting . Our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that there have been no significant changes during the period covered by this report in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-13 and 15d-15 of the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonable likely to materially affect, internal control over financial reporting.
Item 9B . Other Information
     Not applicable

II-2


Table of Contents

PART III
Item l0.   Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our 2007 fiscal year in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 22, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. This information will be found under but not limited to the captions of “Board Nominees”, “Continuing Directors”, “The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board”, “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”, “Election of Directors” and “Audit Committee Matters”.
Information relating to executive officers of the Corporation is set forth in Part I. Item 4A.
Item ll.   Executive Compensation
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our 2007 fiscal year in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 22, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. This information will be found under but not limited to the captions of “Executive Compensation” and “Directors Compensation”.
Item l2.   Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholders Matters
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our 2007 fiscal year in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 22, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. This information will be found under but not limited to the captions of “Share Ownership by Directors and Executive Officers”.
Item l3.   Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our 2007 fiscal year in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 22, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. This information will be found under but not limited to the captions of “Transactions with Related Parties” and “The Board of Directors and Committees of the Board”.
Item l4.   Principal Accountant Fees and Services
     Information relating to this item will be set forth in the Corporation’s definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of our 2007 fiscal year in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders to be held April 22, 2008. Such information is incorporated herein by reference. This information will be found under but not limited to the captions of “Audit Committee Matters”.
III-l

 


Table of Contents

PART IV
Item l5.   Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
(a) l. Financial Statements
Included in Part II of this report:
Item 8., Financial Statements and Accompanying Information, is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders and is incorporated by reference in Part II of this report.
         
    Pages in 2007  
    Annual Report  
    To Shareholders  
Consolidated Financial Statements:
       
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    6  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    7  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006
    8  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    9  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
    10  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    11 - 31  
(a) 2.   Financial Statement Schedules
Included in Part IV of this report as Exhibit 23:
Independent Accountants’ Consent
Schedules:
All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable.
(a) 3.   Exhibits Required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K
The exhibits filed or incorporated by reference as a part of this report are listed in the Index to Exhibits which appears at page IV-3 hereof and is incorporated herein by reference.
Exhibit 11 – Statement regarding computation of earnings per share - is set forth in the Corporation’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders page 14, Note 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES – Per Share Amounts – and is incorporated herein by reference.
IV-l

 


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
                 
        CORTLAND BANCORP    
 
               
March 11, 2008
      By   /s/Lawrence A. Fantauzzi,    
 
               
Date
          President, Chief Executive    
 
          Officer and Director    
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
/s/K.Ray Mahan
  Director and Chairman of the Board   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
 
       
/s/Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
 
       
 
       
/s/James M. Gasior
  Senior Vice President,   March 11, 2008
 
  Secretary and Director (Chief Financial Officer)   Date
 
       
/s/Jerry A. Carleton
  Director   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
 
       
/s/David C. Cole
  Director   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
 
       
/s/George E. Gessner
  Director   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
 
       
/s/Neil J. Kaback
  Director   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
 
       
/s/Richard B. Thompson
  Director   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
 
       
/s/Timothy K. Woofter
  Director   March 11, 2008
 
      Date
IV-2

 


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
     The following exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this report:
Item 15(b). Exhibits
     
Exhibit 3.1  
Restated Amended Articles of Cortland Bancorp reflecting amendment dated May 18, 1999. Note: filed for purposes of SEC reporting compliance only. This restated document has not been filed with the State of Ohio. (1)
   
 
Exhibit 3.2  
Code of Regulations for the Bancorp, as amended (1)
   
 
   
Code of Regulations, Cortland Savings and Banking (2)
   
 
Exhibit 4  
The rights of holders of equity securities are defined in portions of the Articles of Incorporation and Code of Regulations as referenced in 3.1 and 3.2.(1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.1  
Group Term Carve Out Plan dated February 23,2001 by The Cortland Savings and Banking Company with each executive officer other than Rodger W. Platt and with selected other officers, as amended by the August 2002 letter amendment.(1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.2  
Group Term Carve Out Plan Amended Split Dollar Policy Endorsement entered into by The Cortland Savings and Banking Company on December 15, 2003 with Stephen A. Telego, Sr.(1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.3  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Jerry A. Carleton, dated as of December 18, 2007 (3)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.4  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and David C. Cole, dated as of December 18, 2007. (3)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.5  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and George E. Gessner, dated as of December 18, 2007. (3)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.6  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and William A. Hagood, dated as of October 12, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.7  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and James E. Hoffman III, dated as of December 18, 2007. (3)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.8  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Neil J. Kaback, dated as of December 18, 2007. (3)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.9  
Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and K. Ray Mahan, dated as of March 1, 2001 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.10  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Richard B. Thompson, dated as of December 18, 2007 (3)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.11  
Amended Director Retirement Agreement between Cortland Bancorp and Timothy K. Woofter, dated as of December 18, 2007. (3)
IV-3

 


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS (Continued)
     
* Exhibit 10.12  
Form of Split Dollar Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp and each of Directors David C. Cole, George E. Gessner, William A. Hagood, James E. Hoffman III, K. Ray Mahan, and Timothy K. Woofter as of February 23, 2001, as of March 1, 2004 with Director Neil J. Kaback, and as of October 1, 2001 with Director Richard B. Thompson; as amended on December 26, 2006, for Directors Cole, Gessner, Hoffman, Mahan, Thompson, and Woofter;(2) and Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement entered into by Cortland Bancorp as of December 18, 2007, with Director Jerry A. Carleton. (3)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.13  
Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Rodger W. Platt dated of as February 23, 2001, as amended on August 15, 2002 and September 29, 2005 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.14  
Endorsement Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Rodger W. Platt dated as of September 29, 2005 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.15  
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by Cortland Bancorp with each of its directors as of May 24, 2005 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.16  
Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Rodger W. Platt, dated as of August 15, 2002 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.17  
Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, dated as of December 17, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.18  
Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, dated as of December 16, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.19  
Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.20  
Amended Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Marlene Lenio, dated as of September 9, 2002 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.21  
Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Craig Phythyon, dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.22  
Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stephen A. Telego, Sr., dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.23  
Second Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Danny L. White, dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.24  
Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Timothy Carney, dated as of December 17, 2003 (1)
IV-4

 


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS (Continued)
     
* Exhibit 10.25  
Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, dated as of December 16, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.26  
Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and James M. Gasior, dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.27  
Amended Split Dollar Agreement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Marlene Lenio, dated as of September 9, 2002 (1), as amended on December 11, 2006 (2)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.28  
Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Craig Phythyon, dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.29  
Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Stephen A. Telego, Sr., dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.30  
Second Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement between The Cortland Savings and Banking Company and Danny L. White, dated as of December 15, 2003 (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.31  
Severance Agreement Due to Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp entered by Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company in January 2001 with each of Timothy Carney, Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, James M. Gasior, and Stephen A. Telego, Sr. (1)
   
 
* Exhibit 10.32  
Severance Agreement Due to Change in Control of Cortland Bancorp entered by Cortland Bancorp and The Cortland Savings and Banking Company in January 2001 with each of Marlene Lenio, Barbara Sandrock, and Danny L. White (1)
   
 
Exhibit 13  
Annual Report to security holders (filed herewith)
   
 
Exhibit 14  
Code of Ethics (filed herewith)
   
 
Exhibit 21  
Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith)
   
 
Exhibit 23  
Consents of experts and counsel — Consent of independent registered public Accounting firm. (filed herewith)
   
 
Exhibit 31.1  
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith)
   
 
Exhibit 31.2  
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer under Rule 13a-14(a) (filed herewith)
   
 
Exhibit 32  
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required under section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
 
*   Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
 
(1)   Filed previously as an Exhibit to form 10-K filed on March 15, 2006
 
(2)   Filed previously as an Exhibit to form 10-K filed on March 15, 2007
 
(3)   Filed herewith
     Copies of any exhibits will be furnished to shareholders upon written request. Requests should be directed to James Gasior, Secretary, Cortland Bancorp, 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio 44410.
IV-5

 

 

Exhibit 10.3
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     This Amended Director Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 18th day of December, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”), a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio, and Jerry A. Carleton, a director of the Company (the “Director”).
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company entered into a Director Retirement Agreement dated as of July 26, 2005, with the Director, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of director service, payable from the Company’s general assets,
      Whereas , none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term “golden parachute payment” that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the July 26, 2005 Director Retirement Agreement.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows.
Article 1
Definitions
      1.1 Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the Company’s obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age shall equal the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
      1.2 Beneficiary ” means each designated person, determined according to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, at the Director’s death.

 


 

      1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
      1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in control as defined in Code section 409A and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application thereunder issued by the Department of the Treasury, including –
     (a) Change in ownership : a change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date any one person or group accumulates ownership of Company stock constituting more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of Company stock,
     (b) Change in effective control : ( x ) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a 12-month period ownership of Company stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Company stock, or ( y ) a majority of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, or
     (c) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs if in a 12-month period any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires from the Company assets having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.
      1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.6 Disability ” means, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, ( x ) the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or ( y ) the Director is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at least three months under an accident and health plan. Medical determination of disability may be made either by the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or provider’s determination.
      1.7 Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause. Early Termination excludes a Separation from Service governed by section 2.4.

2


 

      1.8 Effective Date ” means March 1, 2005.
      1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director’s 70 th birthday.
      1.10 Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 7.
      1.11 Plan Year ” means each 12-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
      1.12 Separation from Service ” means the Director’s service as a director and independent contractor to the Company and any member of a controlled group, as defined in Code section 414, terminates for any reason, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Director’s death. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute about the status of the Director or the date of the Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.
      1.13 Termination for Cause ” or “ Cause ” means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case –
     (a) because of the Director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or
     (b) because of the Director’s commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
     (c) because of the Director’s fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or
     (d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].
Article 2
Lifetime Benefits
      2.1 Normal Retirement . For Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5.
     2.1.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.1 is $10,000.

3


 

     2.1.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.2 Early Termination . After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.2 versus the benefit under section 2.4. If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under this section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under section 2.4 or, if the Director first attained Normal Retirement Age, section 2.1.
     2.2.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.2 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.2.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs because of Disability before Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.
     2.3.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.3 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.3.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.4 Change in Control . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.4 versus the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2.

4


 

If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under this section 2.4. But if the Director shall have attained Normal Retirement Age when Separation from Service within 12 months after a Change in Control occurs, the Director shall be entitled solely to the benefit provided by section 2.1, not this section 2.4.
     2.4.1 Amount of benefit . The benefit under this section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s Separation from Service.
     2.4.2 Payment of benefit . The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Director’s Separation from Service.
      2.5 Lump-Sum Payout of Remaining Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Termination Benefit, or Disability Benefit When a Change in Control Occurs . If a Change in Control occurs while the Director is receiving the Normal Retirement Age benefit under section 2.1, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs after Separation from Service but while the Director is receiving or is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to receive the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Director as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to the particular benefit when the Change in Control occurs.
      2.6 Annual Benefit Statement . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall provide or cause to be provided to the Director an annual benefit statement showing benefits payable or potentially payable to the Director under this Agreement. Each annual benefit statement shall supersede the previous year’s annual benefit statement. If there is a contradiction between this Agreement and the annual benefit statement concerning the amount of a particular benefit payable or potentially payable to the Director under sections 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, the amount of the benefit determined under the Agreement shall control.
      2.7 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Director to additional tax or interest under Code section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Director to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.
      2.8 One Benefit Only . Despite anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Director and Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit only under this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by this Agreement. Except as provided in section 2.5 or Article 3, subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by this Agreement shall not entitle the Director or Beneficiary to other or additional benefits under this Agreement.

5


 

Article 3
Death Benefits
      3.1 Death Before Normal Retirement Age and Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age and before Separation from Service, 30 days after the Director’s death the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum an amount equal to the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s death.
      3.2 Death After Normal Retirement Age but Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age but before Separation from Service, the Company shall for a period of ten years pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit specified in section 2.1.
      3.3 Death Before Normal Retirement Age but After Separation from Service . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after Early Termination benefits under section 2.2 or Disability benefits under section 2.3 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3 but dies before the benefit payments begin, the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, as the case may be, but the benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs.
      3.4 Death After Separation from Service After Normal Retirement Age . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments under section 2.1 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to the benefit under section Article 2.1 but dies before the benefit payments begin, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement benefit under section 2.1.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
      4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement after the Director’s

6


 

death. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
      4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Director’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Director’s death.
      4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted, and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
      4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
      4.5 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
Article 5
General Limitations
      5.1 Termination for Cause . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director’s Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate if Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

7


 

      5.2 Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.
      5.3 Removal . If the Director is removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate.
      5.4 Default . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is in “default” or “in danger of default,” as those terms are defined in section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
      5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance . All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, when the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.
Article 6
Claims and Review Procedures
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for such denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued

8


 

by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

9


 

Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered.
      8.5 Successors ; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement had no succession occurred.
      8.6 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
      8.7 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.8 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
      8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this

10


 

Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement dated as of July 26, 2005.
      8.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
      8.11 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.
                 
Director       Cortland Bancorp    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
Jerry A. Carleton
         
 
   
 
               
 
      Title:        
 
               

11


 

Beneficiary Designation
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     I, Jerry A. Carleton, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Director Retirement Agreement:
     
Primary:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
Contingent:
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
          I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
Jerry A. Carleton
   
Date:                                                           , 200                      
     Received by the Company this                      day of                                           , 200                      .
     By:                                                               
     Title:                                                               

12

 

Exhibit 10.4
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     This Amended Director Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 18 th day of December, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”), a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio, and David C. Cole, a director of the Company (the “Director”).
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company entered into a Director Retirement Agreement with the Director dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of director service, payable from the Company’s general assets,
      Whereas , none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term “golden parachute payment” that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, as amended February 24, 2004.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows.
Article 1
Definitions
      1.1 Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the Company’s obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age shall equal the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
      1.2 Beneficiary ” means each designated person, determined according to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, at the Director’s death.

 


 

      1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
      1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in control as defined in Code section 409A and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application thereunder issued by the Department of the Treasury, including —
     (a) Change in ownership : a change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date any one person or group accumulates ownership of Company stock constituting more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of Company stock,
     (b) Change in effective control : ( x ) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a 12-month period ownership of Company stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Company stock, or ( y ) a majority of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, or
     (c) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs if in a 12-month period any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires from the Company assets having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.
      1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.6 Disability ” means, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, ( x ) the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or ( y ) the Director is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at least three months under an accident and health plan. Medical determination of disability may be made either by the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or provider’s determination.
      1.7 Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause. Early Termination excludes a Separation from Service governed by section 2.4.

2


 

      1.8 Effective Date ” means March 1, 2001.
      1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director’s 61 st birthday.
      1.10 Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 7.
      1.11 Plan Year ” means each 12-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
      1.12 Separation from Service ” means the Director’s service as a director and independent contractor to the Company and any member of a controlled group, as defined in Code section 414, terminates for any reason, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Director’s death. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute about the status of the Director or the date of the Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.
      1.13 Termination for Cause ” or “ Cause ” means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case —
     (a) because of the Director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or
     (b) because of the Director’s commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
     (c) because of the Director’s fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or
     (d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].
Article 2
Lifetime Benefits
      2.1 Normal Retirement . For Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5.
     2.1.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.1 is $10,000.

3


 

     2.1.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.2 Early Termination . After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.2 versus the benefit under section 2.4. If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under this section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under section 2.4 or, if the Director first attained Normal Retirement Age, section 2.1.
     2.2.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.2 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.2.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs because of Disability before Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.
     2.3.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.3 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.3.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.4 Change in Control . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.4 versus the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2.

4


 

If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under this section 2.4. But if the Director shall have attained Normal Retirement Age when Separation from Service within 12 months after a Change in Control occurs, the Director shall be entitled solely to the benefit provided by section 2.1, not this section 2.4.
     2.4.1 Amount of benefit . The benefit under this section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s Separation from Service.
     2.4.2 Payment of benefit . The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Director’s Separation from Service.
      2.5 Lump-Sum Payout of Remaining Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Termination Benefit, or Disability Benefit When a Change in Control Occurs . If a Change in Control occurs while the Director is receiving the Normal Retirement Age benefit under section 2.1, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs after Separation from Service but while the Director is receiving or is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to receive the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Director as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to the particular benefit when the Change in Control occurs.
      2.6 Annual Benefit Statement . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall provide or cause to be provided to the Director an annual benefit statement showing benefits payable or potentially payable to the Director under this Agreement. Each annual benefit statement shall supersede the previous year’s annual benefit statement. If there is a contradiction between this Agreement and the annual benefit statement concerning the amount of a particular benefit payable or potentially payable to the Director under sections 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, the amount of the benefit determined under the Agreement shall control.
      2.7 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Director to additional tax or interest under Code section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Director to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.
      2.8 One Benefit Only . Despite anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Director and Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit only under this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by this Agreement. Except as provided in section 2.5 or Article 3, subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by this Agreement shall not entitle the Director or Beneficiary to other or additional benefits under this Agreement.

5


 

Article 3
Death Benefits
      3.1 Death Before Normal Retirement Age and Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age and before Separation from Service, 30 days after the Director’s death the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum an amount equal to the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s death.
      3.2 Death After Normal Retirement Age but Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age but before Separation from Service, the Company shall for a period of ten years pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit specified in section 2.1.
      3.3 Death Before Normal Retirement Age but After Separation from Service . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after Early Termination benefits under section 2.2 or Disability benefits under section 2.3 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3 but dies before the benefit payments begin, the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, as the case may be, but the benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs.
      3.4 Death After Separation from Service After Normal Retirement Age . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments under section 2.1 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to the benefit under section Article 2.1 but dies before the benefit payments begin, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement benefit under section 2.1.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
      4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement after the Director’s

6


 

death. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
      4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Director’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Director’s death.
      4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted, and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
      4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
      4.5 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
Article 5
General Limitations
      5.1 Termination for Cause . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director’s Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate if Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

7


 

      5.2 Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.
      5.3 Removal . If the Director is removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate.
      5.4 Default . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is in “default” or “in danger of default,” as those terms are defined in section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
      5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance . All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, when the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.
Article 6
Claims and Review Procedures
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for such denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued

8


 

by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

9


 

Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered.
      8.5 Successors ; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement had no succession occurred.
      8.6 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
      8.7 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.8 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
      8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement amends and restates in

10


 

its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004.
      8.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
      8.11 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.
                 
Director       Cortland Bancorp
 
               
 
      By:        
 
         
 
   
 
David C. Cole
               
 
      Title:        
 
         
 
   

11


 

Beneficiary Designation
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     I, David C. Cole, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Director Retirement Agreement:
         
Primary:
       
 
       
 
       
 
     
 
       
Contingent:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
     
Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
          I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
             
Signature:
           
 
 
 
David C. Cole
       
Date:
    ,  200___    
 
           
     Received by the Company this                      day of                                           , 200                      .
         
By:
       
 
       
 
       
Title:
       
 
 
 
   

12

 

Exhibit 10.5
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     This Amended Director Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 18 th day of December, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”), a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio, and George E. Gessner, a director of the Company (the “Director”).
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company entered into a Director Retirement Agreement with the Director dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of director service, payable from the Company’s general assets,
      Whereas , none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term “golden parachute payment” that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, as amended February 24, 2004.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows.
Article 1
Definitions
      1.1 Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the Company’s obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age shall equal the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
      1.2 Beneficiary ” means each designated person, determined according to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, at the Director’s death.

 


 

      1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
      1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in control as defined in Code section 409A and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application thereunder issued by the Department of the Treasury, including –
     (a) Change in ownership : a change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date any one person or group accumulates ownership of Company stock constituting more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of Company stock,
     (b) Change in effective control : ( x ) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a 12-month period ownership of Company stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Company stock, or ( y ) a majority of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, or
     (c) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs if in a 12-month period any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires from the Company assets having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.
      1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.6 Disability ” means, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, ( x ) the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or ( y ) the Director is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at least three months under an accident and health plan. Medical determination of disability may be made either by the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or provider’s determination.
      1.7 Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause. Early Termination excludes a Separation from Service governed by section 2.4.

2


 

      1.8 Effective Date ” means March 1, 2001.
      1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director’s 66 th birthday.
      1.10 Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 7.
      1.11 Plan Year ” means each 12-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
      1.12 Separation from Service ” means the Director’s service as a director and independent contractor to the Company and any member of a controlled group, as defined in Code section 414, terminates for any reason, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Director’s death. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute about the status of the Director or the date of the Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.
      1.13 Termination for Cause ” or “ Cause ” means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case –
     (a) because of the Director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or
     (b) because of the Director’s commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
     (c) because of the Director’s fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or
     (d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].
Article 2
Lifetime Benefits
      2.1 Normal Retirement . For Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5.
     2.1.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.1 is $10,000.

3


 

     2.1.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.2 Early Termination . After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.2 versus the benefit under section 2.4. If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under this section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under section 2.4 or, if the Director first attained Normal Retirement Age, section 2.1.
     2.2.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.2 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.2.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs because of Disability before Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.
     2.3.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.3 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.3.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.4 Change in Control . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.4 versus the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2.

4


 

If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under this section 2.4. But if the Director shall have attained Normal Retirement Age when Separation from Service within 12 months after a Change in Control occurs, the Director shall be entitled solely to the benefit provided by section 2.1, not this section 2.4.
     2.4.1 Amount of benefit . The benefit under this section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s Separation from Service.
     2.4.2 Payment of benefit . The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Director’s Separation from Service.
      2.5 Lump-Sum Payout of Remaining Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Termination Benefit, or Disability Benefit When a Change in Control Occurs . If a Change in Control occurs while the Director is receiving the Normal Retirement Age benefit under section 2.1, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs after Separation from Service but while the Director is receiving or is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to receive the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Director as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to the particular benefit when the Change in Control occurs.
      2.6 Annual Benefit Statement . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall provide or cause to be provided to the Director an annual benefit statement showing benefits payable or potentially payable to the Director under this Agreement. Each annual benefit statement shall supersede the previous year’s annual benefit statement. If there is a contradiction between this Agreement and the annual benefit statement concerning the amount of a particular benefit payable or potentially payable to the Director under sections 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, the amount of the benefit determined under the Agreement shall control.
      2.7 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Director to additional tax or interest under Code section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Director to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.
      2.8 One Benefit Only . Despite anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Director and Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit only under this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by this Agreement. Except as provided in section 2.5 or Article 3, subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by this Agreement shall not entitle the Director or Beneficiary to other or additional benefits under this Agreement.

5


 

Article 3
Death Benefits
      3.1 Death Before Normal Retirement Age and Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age and before Separation from Service, 30 days after the Director’s death the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum an amount equal to the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s death.
      3.2 Death After Normal Retirement Age but Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age but before Separation from Service, the Company shall for a period of ten years pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit specified in section 2.1.
      3.3 Death Before Normal Retirement Age but After Separation from Service . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after Early Termination benefits under section 2.2 or Disability benefits under section 2.3 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3 but dies before the benefit payments begin, the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, as the case may be, but the benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs.
      3.4 Death After Separation from Service After Normal Retirement Age . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments under section 2.1 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to the benefit under section Article 2.1 but dies before the benefit payments begin, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement benefit under section 2.1.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
      4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement after the Director’s

6


 

death. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
      4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Director’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Director’s death.
      4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted, and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
      4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
      4.5 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
Article 5
General Limitations
      5.1 Termination for Cause . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director’s Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate if Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

7


 

      5.2 Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.
      5.3 Removal . If the Director is removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate.
      5.4 Default . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is in “default” or “in danger of default,” as those terms are defined in section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
      5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance . All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, when the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.
Article 6
Claims and Review Procedures
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for such denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued

8


 

by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

9


 

Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered.
      8.5 Successors ; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement had no succession occurred.
      8.6 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
      8.7 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.8 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
      8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement amends and restates in

10


 

its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004.
      8.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
      8.11 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.
                 
Director       Cortland Bancorp    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
George E. Gessner
               
 
      Title:        
 
               

11


 

Beneficiary Designation
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     I, George E. Gessner, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Director Retirement Agreement:
         
Primary:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
     
 
       
Contingent:
       
 
 
 
   
 
       
     
Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
          I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
George E. Gessner
   
                     
Date:
    ,   200___          
 
 
 
               
     
 
  Received by the Company this                      day of                                           , 200                       .
             
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

12

 

Exhibit 10.7
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     This Amended Director Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 18th day of December, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”), a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio, and James E. Hoffman III, a director of the Company (the “Director”).
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company entered into a Director Retirement Agreement with the Director dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of director service, payable from the Company’s general assets,
      Whereas , none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term “golden parachute payment” that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, as amended February 24, 2004.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows.
Article 1
Definitions
      1.1 Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the Company’s obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age shall equal the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
      1.2 Beneficiary ” means each designated person, determined according to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, at the Director’s death.

 


 

      1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
      1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in control as defined in Code section 409A and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application thereunder issued by the Department of the Treasury, including —
(a) Change in ownership : a change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date any one person or group accumulates ownership of Company stock constituting more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of Company stock,
(b) Change in effective control : ( x ) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a 12-month period ownership of Company stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Company stock, or ( y ) a majority of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, or
(c) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs if in a 12-month period any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires from the Company assets having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.
      1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.6 Disability ” means, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, ( x ) the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or ( y ) the Director is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at least three months under an accident and health plan. Medical determination of disability may be made either by the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or provider’s determination.
      1.7 Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause. Early Termination excludes a Separation from Service governed by section 2.4.

2


 

      1.8 Effective Date ” means March 1, 2001.
      1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director’s 62 nd birthday.
      1.10 Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 7.
      1.11 Plan Year ” means each 12-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
      1.12 Separation from Service ” means the Director’s service as a director and independent contractor to the Company and any member of a controlled group, as defined in Code section 414, terminates for any reason, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Director’s death. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute about the status of the Director or the date of the Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.
      1.13 Termination for Cause ” or “ Cause ” means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case —
(a) because of the Director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or
(b) because of the Director’s commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
(c) because of the Director’s fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or
(d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].
Article 2
Lifetime Benefits
      2.1 Normal Retirement . For Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5.
2.1.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.1 is $10,000.

3


 

        2.1.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.2 Early Termination . After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.2 versus the benefit under section 2.4. If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under this section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under section 2.4 or, if the Director first attained Normal Retirement Age, section 2.1.
        2.2.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.2 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
        2.2.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs because of Disability before Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.
        2.3.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.3 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
        2.3.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.4 Change in Control . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.4 versus the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2.

4


 

If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under this section 2.4. But if the Director shall have attained Normal Retirement Age when Separation from Service within 12 months after a Change in Control occurs, the Director shall be entitled solely to the benefit provided by section 2.1, not this section 2.4.
2.4.1 Amount of benefit . The benefit under this section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s Separation from Service.
2.4.2 Payment of benefit . The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Director’s Separation from Service.
      2.5 Lump-Sum Payout of Remaining Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Termination Benefit, or Disability Benefit When a Change in Control Occurs . If a Change in Control occurs while the Director is receiving the Normal Retirement Age benefit under section 2.1, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs after Separation from Service but while the Director is receiving or is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to receive the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Director as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to the particular benefit when the Change in Control occurs.
      2.6 Annual Benefit Statement . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall provide or cause to be provided to the Director an annual benefit statement showing benefits payable or potentially payable to the Director under this Agreement. Each annual benefit statement shall supersede the previous year’s annual benefit statement. If there is a contradiction between this Agreement and the annual benefit statement concerning the amount of a particular benefit payable or potentially payable to the Director under sections 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, the amount of the benefit determined under the Agreement shall control.
      2.7 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Director to additional tax or interest under Code section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Director to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.
      2.8 One Benefit Only . Despite anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Director and Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit only under this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by this Agreement. Except as provided in section 2.5 or Article 3, subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by this Agreement shall not entitle the Director or Beneficiary to other or additional benefits under this Agreement.

5


 

Article 3
Death Benefits
      3.1 Death Before Normal Retirement Age and Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age and before Separation from Service, 30 days after the Director’s death the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum an amount equal to the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s death.
      3.2 Death After Normal Retirement Age but Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age but before Separation from Service, the Company shall for a period of ten years pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit specified in section 2.1.
      3.3 Death Before Normal Retirement Age but After Separation from Service . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after Early Termination benefits under section 2.2 or Disability benefits under section 2.3 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3 but dies before the benefit payments begin, the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, as the case may be, but the benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs.
      3.4 Death After Separation from Service After Normal Retirement Age . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments under section 2.1 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to the benefit under section Article 2.1 but dies before the benefit payments begin, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement benefit under section 2.1.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
      4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement after the Director’s

6


 

death. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
      4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Director’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Director’s death.
      4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted, and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
      4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
      4.5 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
Article 5
General Limitations
      5.1 Termination for Cause . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director’s Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate if Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

7


 

      5.2 Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.
      5.3 Removal . If the Director is removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate.
      5.4 Default . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is in “default” or “in danger of default,” as those terms are defined in section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
      5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance . All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, when the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.
Article 6
Claims and Review Procedures
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for such denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued

8


 

by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

9


 

Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered.
      8.5 Successors ; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement had no succession occurred.
      8.6 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
      8.7 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.8 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
      8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement amends and restates in

10


 

its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004.
      8.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
      8.11 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.
 
Director Cortland Bancorp
                 
 
      By:        
 
         
 
   
 
               
James E. Hoffman III
      Title:        
 
         
 
   

11


 

Beneficiary Designation
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     I, James E. Hoffman III, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Director Retirement Agreement:
     
Primary:
   
 
   
 
 
     
Contingent:
   
 
 
   
 
    Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
          I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
James E. Hoffman III
   
                     
Date:
  ,   200___          
 
 
 
               
     
 
  Received by the Company this                      day of                                           , 200                      .
             
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

12

 

Exhibit 10.8
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     This Amended Director Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 18th day of December, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”), a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio, and Neil J. Kaback, a director of the Company (the “Director”).
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company entered into a Director Retirement Agreement with the Director dated as of March 1, 2004, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of director service, payable from the Company’s general assets,
      Whereas , none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term “golden parachute payment” that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the March 1, 2004 Director Retirement Agreement.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows.
Article 1
Definitions
      1.1 Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the Company’s obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age shall equal the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
      1.2 Beneficiary ” means each designated person, determined according to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, at the Director’s death.

 


 

      1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
      1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in control as defined in Code section 409A and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application thereunder issued by the Department of the Treasury, including –
     (a) Change in ownership : a change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date any one person or group accumulates ownership of Company stock constituting more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of Company stock,
     (b) Change in effective control : ( x ) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a 12-month period ownership of Company stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Company stock, or ( y ) a majority of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, or
     (c) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs if in a 12-month period any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires from the Company assets having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.
      1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.6 Disability ” means, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, ( x ) the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or ( y ) the Director is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at least three months under an accident and health plan. Medical determination of disability may be made either by the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or provider’s determination.
      1.7 Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause. Early Termination excludes a Separation from Service governed by section 2.4.

2


 

      1.8 Effective Date ” means March 1, 2004.
      1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director’s 67 th birthday.
      1.10 Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 7.
      1.11 Plan Year ” means each 12-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
      1.12 Separation from Service ” means the Director’s service as a director and independent contractor to the Company and any member of a controlled group, as defined in Code section 414, terminates for any reason, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Director’s death. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute about the status of the Director or the date of the Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.
      1.13 Termination for Cause ” or “ Cause ” means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case –
     (a) because of the Director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or
     (b) because of the Director’s commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
     (c) because of the Director’s fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or
     (d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].
Article 2
Lifetime Benefits
      2.1 Normal Retirement . For Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5.
     2.1.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.1 is $10,000.

3


 

     2.1.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.2 Early Termination . After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.2 versus the benefit under section 2.4. If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under this section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under section 2.4 or, if the Director first attained Normal Retirement Age, section 2.1.
     2.2.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.2 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.2.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs because of Disability before Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.
     2.3.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.3 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.3.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.4 Change in Control . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.4 versus the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2.

4


 

If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under this section 2.4. But if the Director shall have attained Normal Retirement Age when Separation from Service within 12 months after a Change in Control occurs, the Director shall be entitled solely to the benefit provided by section 2.1, not this section 2.4.
     2.4.1 Amount of benefit . The benefit under this section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s Separation from Service.
     2.4.2 Payment of benefit . The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Director’s Separation from Service.
      2.5 Lump-Sum Payout of Remaining Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Termination Benefit, or Disability Benefit When a Change in Control Occurs . If a Change in Control occurs while the Director is receiving the Normal Retirement Age benefit under section 2.1, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs after Separation from Service but while the Director is receiving or is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to receive the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Director as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to the particular benefit when the Change in Control occurs.
      2.6 Annual Benefit Statement . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall provide or cause to be provided to the Director an annual benefit statement showing benefits payable or potentially payable to the Director under this Agreement. Each annual benefit statement shall supersede the previous year’s annual benefit statement. If there is a contradiction between this Agreement and the annual benefit statement concerning the amount of a particular benefit payable or potentially payable to the Director under sections 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, the amount of the benefit determined under the Agreement shall control.
      2.7 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Director to additional tax or interest under Code section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Director to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.
      2.8 One Benefit Only . Despite anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Director and Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit only under this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by this Agreement. Except as provided in section 2.5 or Article 3, subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by this Agreement shall not entitle the Director or Beneficiary to other or additional benefits under this Agreement.

5


 

Article 3
Death Benefits
      3.1 Death Before Normal Retirement Age and Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age and before Separation from Service, 30 days after the Director’s death the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum an amount equal to the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s death.
      3.2 Death After Normal Retirement Age but Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age but before Separation from Service, the Company shall for a period of ten years pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit specified in section 2.1.
      3.3 Death Before Normal Retirement Age but After Separation from Service . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after Early Termination benefits under section 2.2 or Disability benefits under section 2.3 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3 but dies before the benefit payments begin, the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, as the case may be, but the benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs.
      3.4 Death After Separation from Service After Normal Retirement Age . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments under section 2.1 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to the benefit under section Article 2.1 but dies before the benefit payments begin, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement benefit under section 2.1.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
      4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement after the Director’s

6


 

death. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
      4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Director’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Director’s death.
      4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted, and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
      4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
      4.5 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
Article 5
General Limitations
      5.1 Termination for Cause . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director’s Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate if Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

7


 

      5.2 Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.
      5.3 Removal . If the Director is removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate.
      5.4 Default . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is in “default” or “in danger of default,” as those terms are defined in section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
      5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance . All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, when the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.
Article 6
Claims and Review Procedures
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for such denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued

8


 

by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

9


 

Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered.
      8.5 Successors ; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement had no succession occurred.
      8.6 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
      8.7 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.8 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
      8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this

10


 

Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement dated as of March 1, 2004.
      8.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
      8.11 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.
                     
Director       Cortland Bancorp
 
                   
 
      By:            
 
Neil J. Kaback
         
 
       
 
                   
 
      Title:            
 
         
 
       

11


 

Beneficiary Designation
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     I, Neil J. Kaback, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Director Retirement Agreement:
     
Primary:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Contingent:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
          I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
                 
Signature:
               
             
         Neil J. Kaback
       
 
               
Date:
               
 
                       ,   200                             
 
               
    Received by the Company this                      day of                                           , 200                       .    
 
               
 
  By:            
                   
 
               
 
  Title:            
                 

12

 

Exhibit 10.10
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     This Amended Director Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 18 th day of December, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”), a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio, and Richard B. Thompson, a director of the Company (the “Director”).
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company entered into a Director Retirement Agreement with the Director dated as of October 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of director service, payable from the Company’s general assets,
      Whereas , none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term “golden parachute payment” that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the October 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, as amended February 24, 2004.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows.
Article 1
Definitions
      1.1 Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the Company’s obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age shall equal the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
      1.2 Beneficiary ” means each designated person, determined according to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, at the Director’s death.

 


 

      1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
      1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in control as defined in Code section 409A and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application thereunder issued by the Department of the Treasury, including —
     (a) Change in ownership : a change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date any one person or group accumulates ownership of Company stock constituting more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of Company stock,
     (b) Change in effective control : ( x ) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a 12-month period ownership of Company stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Company stock, or ( y ) a majority of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, or
     (c) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs if in a 12-month period any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires from the Company assets having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.
      1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.6 Disability ” means, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, ( x ) the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or ( y ) the Director is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at least three months under an accident and health plan. Medical determination of disability may be made either by the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or provider’s determination.
      1.7 Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause. Early Termination excludes a Separation from Service governed by section 2.4.

2


 

      1.8 Effective Date ” means October 1, 2001.
      1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director’s 70 th birthday.
      1.10 Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 7.
      1.11 Plan Year ” means each 12-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
      1.12 Separation from Service ” means the Director’s service as a director and independent contractor to the Company and any member of a controlled group, as defined in Code section 414, terminates for any reason, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Director’s death. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute about the status of the Director or the date of the Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.
      1.13 Termination for Cause ” or “ Cause ” means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case —
     (a) because of the Director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or
     (b) because of the Director’s commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
     (c) because of the Director’s fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or
     (d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].
Article 2
Lifetime Benefits
      2.1 Normal Retirement . For Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5.
     2.1.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.1 is $10,000.

3


 

     2.1.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.2 Early Termination . After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.2 versus the benefit under section 2.4. If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under this section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under section 2.4 or, if the Director first attained Normal Retirement Age, section 2.1.
     2.2.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.2 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.2.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs because of Disability before Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.
     2.3.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.3 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.3.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.4 Change in Control . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.4 versus the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2.

4


 

If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under this section 2.4. But if the Director shall have attained Normal Retirement Age when Separation from Service within 12 months after a Change in Control occurs, the Director shall be entitled solely to the benefit provided by section 2.1, not this section 2.4.
     2.4.1 Amount of benefit . The benefit under this section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s Separation from Service.
     2.4.2 Payment of benefit . The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Director’s Separation from Service.
      2.5 Lump-Sum Payout of Remaining Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Termination Benefit, or Disability Benefit When a Change in Control Occurs . If a Change in Control occurs while the Director is receiving the Normal Retirement Age benefit under section 2.1, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs after Separation from Service but while the Director is receiving or is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to receive the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Director as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to the particular benefit when the Change in Control occurs.
      2.6 Annual Benefit Statement . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall provide or cause to be provided to the Director an annual benefit statement showing benefits payable or potentially payable to the Director under this Agreement. Each annual benefit statement shall supersede the previous year’s annual benefit statement. If there is a contradiction between this Agreement and the annual benefit statement concerning the amount of a particular benefit payable or potentially payable to the Director under sections 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, the amount of the benefit determined under the Agreement shall control.
      2.7 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Director to additional tax or interest under Code section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Director to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.
      2.8 One Benefit Only . Despite anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Director and Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit only under this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by this Agreement. Except as provided in section 2.5 or Article 3, subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by this Agreement shall not entitle the Director or Beneficiary to other or additional benefits under this Agreement.

5


 

Article 3
Death Benefits
      3.1 Death Before Normal Retirement Age and Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age and before Separation from Service, 30 days after the Director’s death the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum an amount equal to the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s death.
      3.2 Death After Normal Retirement Age but Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age but before Separation from Service, the Company shall for a period of ten years pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit specified in section 2.1.
      3.3 Death Before Normal Retirement Age but After Separation from Service . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after Early Termination benefits under section 2.2 or Disability benefits under section 2.3 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3 but dies before the benefit payments begin, the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, as the case may be, but the benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs.
      3.4 Death After Separation from Service After Normal Retirement Age . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments under section 2.1 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to the benefit under section Article 2.1 but dies before the benefit payments begin, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement benefit under section 2.1.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
      4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement after the Director’s

6


 

death. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
      4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Director’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Director’s death.
      4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted, and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
      4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
      4.5 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
Article 5
General Limitations
      5.1 Termination for Cause . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director’s Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate if Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

7


 

      5.2 Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.
      5.3 Removal . If the Director is removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate.
      5.4 Default . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is in “default” or “in danger of default,” as those terms are defined in section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
      5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance . All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, when the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.
Article 6
Claims and Review Procedures
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for such denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued

8


 

by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

9


 

Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered.
      8.5 Successors ; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement had no succession occurred.
      8.6 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
      8.7 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.8 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
      8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement amends and restates in

10


 

its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement dated as of October 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004.
      8.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
      8.11 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.
                 
Director       Cortland Bancorp    
 
               
 
      By:        
 
Richard B. Thompson
         
 
   
 
      Title:        
 
         
 
   

11


 

Beneficiary Designation
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     I, Richard B. Thompson, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Director Retirement Agreement:
     
Primary:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
Contingent:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
Note:   To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
          I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
         
Signature:
       
 
 
 
     Richard B. Thompson
   
 
       
Date:
    , 200___
 
 
 
   
 
       
          Received by the Company this                       day of                                             , 200____.
 
       
          By:                                                               
 
       
          Title:                                                               

12

 

Exhibit 10.11
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     This Amended Director Retirement Agreement (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of this 18th day of December, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”), a bank holding company located in Cortland, Ohio, and Timothy K. Woofter, a director of the Company (the “Director”).
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a member of the Company’s board of directors, the Company entered into a Director Retirement Agreement with the Director dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004, providing for specified retirement benefits for the Director after termination of director service, payable from the Company’s general assets,
      Whereas , none of the conditions or events included in the definition of the term “golden parachute payment” that is set forth in section 18(k)(4)(A)(ii) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1828(k)(4)(A)(ii)] and in Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Rule 359.1(f)(1)(ii) [12 CFR 359.1(f)(1)(ii)] exists or, to the best knowledge of the Company, is contemplated insofar as the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is concerned, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the March 1, 2001 Director Retirement Agreement, as amended February 24, 2004.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and acceptance of which are hereby acknowledged, the Director and the Company hereby agree as follows.
Article 1
Definitions
      1.1 Accrual Balance ” means the liability that should be accrued by the Company under generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for the Company’s obligation to the Director under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 12, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 106, and the calculation method and discount rate specified hereinafter. The Accrual Balance at Normal Retirement Age shall equal the present value of the normal retirement benefits. The discount rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The rate is based on the yield on a 20-year corporate bond rated Aa by Moody’s, rounded to the nearest 1 / 4 %. The Plan Administrator may adjust the discount rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
      1.2 Beneficiary ” means each designated person, determined according to Article 4, or the estate of the deceased Director, entitled to benefits, if any, at the Director’s death.

 


 

      1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form ” means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Director completes, signs, and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
      1.4 Change in Control ” means a change in control as defined in Code section 409A and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application thereunder issued by the Department of the Treasury, including –
     (a) Change in ownership : a change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date any one person or group accumulates ownership of Company stock constituting more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of Company stock,
     (b) Change in effective control : ( x ) any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires within a 12-month period ownership of Company stock possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of Company stock, or ( y ) a majority of the Company’s board of directors is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed in advance by a majority of the Company’s board of directors, or
     (c) Change in ownership of a substantial portion of assets : a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs if in a 12-month period any one person or more than one person acting as a group acquires from the Company assets having a total gross fair market value equal to or exceeding 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the Company’s assets immediately before the acquisition or acquisitions. For this purpose, gross fair market value means the value of the Company’s assets, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with the assets.
      1.5 Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and rules, regulations, and guidance of general application issued by the Department of the Treasury under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
      1.6 Disability ” means, because of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that can be expected to last for a continuous period of at least 12 months, ( x ) the Director is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity, or ( y ) the Director is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of at least three months under an accident and health plan. Medical determination of disability may be made either by the Social Security Administration or by the provider of an accident or health plan covering employees of the Company or its subsidiaries. Upon request of the Plan Administrator, the Director must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the Social Security Administration’s or provider’s determination.
      1.7 Early Termination ” means Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, Disability, or Termination for Cause. Early Termination excludes a Separation from Service governed by section 2.4.

2


 

      1.8 Effective Date ” means March 1, 2001.
      1.9 Normal Retirement Age ” means the Director’s 63 rd birthday.
      1.10 Plan Administrator ” or “ Administrator ” means the plan administrator described in Article 7.
      1.11 Plan Year ” means each 12-month period from the Effective Date of this Agreement.
      1.12 Separation from Service ” means the Director’s service as a director and independent contractor to the Company and any member of a controlled group, as defined in Code section 414, terminates for any reason, other than because of a leave of absence approved by the Company or the Director’s death. For purposes of this Agreement, if there is a dispute about the status of the Director or the date of the Director’s Separation from Service, the Company shall have the sole and absolute right to decide the dispute unless a Change in Control shall have occurred.
      1.13 Termination for Cause ” or “ Cause ” means the Director is not nominated by the board or nominating committee for reelection as a director after the expiration of his current term, or the Director is removed from the board of directors, in either case –
     (a) because of the Director’s gross negligence or gross neglect of duties, or
     (b) because of the Director’s commission of a felony, or commission of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
     (c) because of the Director’s fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty, or willful violation of any law or significant policy of the Company committed in connection with the Director’s service and resulting in an adverse effect on the Company, or
     (d) because the Director is removed from service or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act [12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1)].
Article 2
Lifetime Benefits
      2.1 Normal Retirement . For Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.1 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5.
     2.1.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.1 is $10,000.

3


 

     2.1.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s Separation from Service occurs, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.2 Early Termination . After Early Termination, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.2 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.2 versus the benefit under section 2.4. If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under this section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under section 2.4 or, if the Director first attained Normal Retirement Age, section 2.1.
     2.2.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.2 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.2.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.3 Disability Benefit . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs because of Disability before Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.3 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement.
     2.3.1 Amount of benefit . The annual benefit under this section 2.3 is calculated as the amount that fully amortizes the Accrual Balance existing at the end of the month immediately before the month in which Separation from Service occurs, amortizing that Accrual Balance over ten years and taking into account interest at the discount rate or rates established by the Plan Administrator.
     2.3.2 Payment of benefit . Beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director attains Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Director in 12 equal monthly installments on the first day of each month. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Director for ten years.
      2.4 Change in Control . If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, the Company shall pay to the Director the benefit described in this section 2.4 instead of any other benefit under this Agreement. However, no benefits shall be payable under this Agreement if this Agreement terminates under Article 5. Neither the Director nor the Company shall be entitled to elect in the 12-month period after a Change in Control between the benefit under this section 2.4 versus the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2.

4


 

If the Director’s Separation from Service occurs within 12 months after a Change in Control, no benefit shall be payable under section 2.2 and the Director shall instead be entitled to the benefit under this section 2.4. But if the Director shall have attained Normal Retirement Age when Separation from Service within 12 months after a Change in Control occurs, the Director shall be entitled solely to the benefit provided by section 2.1, not this section 2.4.
     2.4.1 Amount of benefit . The benefit under this section 2.4 is the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s Separation from Service.
     2.4.2 Payment of benefit . The Company shall pay this benefit to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Director’s Separation from Service.
      2.5 Lump-Sum Payout of Remaining Normal Retirement Benefit, Early Termination Benefit, or Disability Benefit When a Change in Control Occurs . If a Change in Control occurs while the Director is receiving the Normal Retirement Age benefit under section 2.1, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. If a Change in Control occurs after Separation from Service but while the Director is receiving or is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to receive the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, the Company shall pay the remaining salary continuation benefits to the Director in a single lump sum three days after the Change in Control. The lump-sum payment due to the Director as a result of a Change in Control shall be an amount equal to the Accrual Balance amount corresponding to the particular benefit when the Change in Control occurs.
      2.6 Annual Benefit Statement . Within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year the Plan Administrator shall provide or cause to be provided to the Director an annual benefit statement showing benefits payable or potentially payable to the Director under this Agreement. Each annual benefit statement shall supersede the previous year’s annual benefit statement. If there is a contradiction between this Agreement and the annual benefit statement concerning the amount of a particular benefit payable or potentially payable to the Director under sections 2.2, 2.3, or 2.4 hereof, the amount of the benefit determined under the Agreement shall control.
      2.7 Savings Clause Relating to Compliance with Code Section 409A . If any provision of this Agreement would subject the Director to additional tax or interest under Code section 409A, the Company shall reform the provision. However, the Company shall maintain to the maximum extent practicable the original intent of the applicable provision without subjecting the Director to additional tax or interest, and the Company shall not be required to incur any additional compensation expense as a result of the reformed provision.
      2.8 One Benefit Only . Despite anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Director and Beneficiary are entitled to one benefit only under this Agreement, which shall be determined by the first event to occur that is dealt with by this Agreement. Except as provided in section 2.5 or Article 3, subsequent occurrence of events dealt with by this Agreement shall not entitle the Director or Beneficiary to other or additional benefits under this Agreement.

5


 

Article 3
Death Benefits
      3.1 Death Before Normal Retirement Age and Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies before Normal Retirement Age and before Separation from Service, 30 days after the Director’s death the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum an amount equal to the Accrual Balance on the date of the Director’s death.
      3.2 Death After Normal Retirement Age but Before Separation from Service . If the Director dies after Normal Retirement Age but before Separation from Service, the Company shall for a period of ten years pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement Benefit specified in section 2.1.
      3.3 Death Before Normal Retirement Age but After Separation from Service . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after Early Termination benefits under section 2.2 or Disability benefits under section 2.3 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service before Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled at Normal Retirement Age to the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3 but dies before the benefit payments begin, the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Early Termination benefit under section 2.2 or the Disability benefit under section 2.3, as the case may be, but the benefit payments shall begin on the first day of the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs.
      3.4 Death After Separation from Service After Normal Retirement Age . (a) After payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director dies after benefit payments under section 2.1 begin but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Director’s Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts the payments would have been made to the Director had the Director survived.
     (b)  Before payments begin . If, a Separation from Service on or after Normal Retirement Age having previously occurred, the Director is entitled to the benefit under section Article 2.1 but dies before the benefit payments begin, beginning with the month immediately after the month in which the Director’s death occurs the Company shall pay to the Director’s Beneficiary the Normal Retirement benefit under section 2.1.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
      4.1 Beneficiary Designations . The Director shall have the right to designate at any time a Beneficiary to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement after the Director’s

6


 

death. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Director participates.
      4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Director shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Director’s Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Director or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Director shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing, and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator before the Director’s death.
      4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted, and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
      4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Director dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Director, then the Director’s spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Director has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Director’s estate.
      4.5 Facility of Payment . If a benefit is payable to a minor, to a person declared incapacitated, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of his or her property, the Company may pay such benefit to the guardian, legal representative, or person having the care or custody of the minor, incapacitated person, or incapable person. The Company may require proof of incapacity, minority, or guardianship as it may deem appropriate before distribution of the benefit. Distribution shall completely discharge the Company from all liability for the benefit.
Article 5
General Limitations
      5.1 Termination for Cause . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement and this Agreement shall terminate if the Director’s Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. Likewise, no benefits shall be paid under the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, between the Company and the Director and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate if Separation from Service is the result of Termination for Cause. The board of directors or a duly authorized committee of the board shall have the sole and absolute right to determine whether the bases for denial of benefits for cause exist. Benefits may be denied for cause regardless of whether the Director continued to serve as a director after the board or committee made its determination not to nominate the Director for reelection.

7


 

      5.2 Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Director has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance purchased by the Company.
      5.3 Removal . If the Director is removed or permanently prohibited from participating in the Company’s or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company’s affairs by an order issued under section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1818(e)(4) or (g)(1), all obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, also shall terminate.
      5.4 Default . Despite any contrary provision of this Agreement, if the Company or the Cortland Savings and Banking Company is in “default” or “in danger of default,” as those terms are defined in section 3(x) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. 1813(x), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.
      5.5 FDIC Open-Bank Assistance . All obligations under this Agreement shall terminate, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company, when the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Cortland Savings and Banking Company under the authority contained in section 13(c) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. 12 U.S.C. 1823(c). Any rights of the parties that have already vested shall not be affected by such action, however.
Article 6
Claims and Review Procedures
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity that makes a claim for benefits under this Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or noneligibility for benefits under the Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for such denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of the Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information as to the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have such claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued

8


 

by the Company. Said petition shall state the specific reasons, which the Claimant believes entitle him or her to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present his or her position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of its decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant and the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60 days at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel, who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Separation from Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.

9


 

Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. Except as provided in Article 5, this Agreement may be terminated solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators, and transferees.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Agreement is not a contract for services. It does not give the Director the right to remain a Director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s shareholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of shareholders or the Board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. The Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached, or encumbered.
      8.5 Successors ; Binding Agreement . By an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Director, the Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform this Agreement had no succession occurred.
      8.6 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement.
      8.7 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.8 Unfunded Arrangement . The Director and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Director’s life is a general asset of the Company to which the Director and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
      8.9 Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement, as amended, constitute the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Director under this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein. This Agreement amends and restates in

10


 

\

its entirety the Director Retirement Agreement dated as of March 1, 2001, as amended February 24, 2004.
      8.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.
      8.11 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.12 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Director Retirement Agreement as of the date first written above.
                 
Director       Cortland Bancorp  
 
               
 
      By:        
 
               
Timothy K. Woofter
               
 
      Title:        
 
               

11


 

Beneficiary Designation
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Director Retirement Agreement
     I, Timothy K. Woofter, designate the following as beneficiary of any death benefits under this Amended Director Retirement Agreement:
     
Primary:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
     
Contingent:
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
Note: To name a trust as beneficiary, please provide the name of the trustee(s) and the exact name and date of the trust agreement.
          I understand that I may change these beneficiary designations by filing a new written designation with the Company. I further understand that the designations will be automatically revoked if the beneficiary predeceases me, or, if I have named my spouse as beneficiary and our marriage is subsequently dissolved.
Signature:                                         
                    Timothy K. Woofter
Date:                                           , 200___
     Received by the Company this                      day of                                           , 200 ___.
     By:                                         
     Title:                                         

12

 

Exhibit 10.12
Cortland Bancorp
Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement
     This Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement (this “Split Dollar Agreement”) is entered into as of December 18, 2007, by and between Cortland Bancorp, an Ohio corporation (the “Company”), and Jerry A. Carleton, a director of the Company (the “Director”). This Split Dollar Agreement shall append the Split Dollar Endorsement entered into on even date herewith, or as subsequently amended, by and between the Company and the Director.
      Whereas , to encourage the Director to remain a director of the Company, the Company entered into a Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of July 26, 2005 with the Director, giving the Director the right to designate the beneficiary of death proceeds in the amount of $100,000 from a life insurance policy on the Director’s life, and
      Whereas , the Company and the Director intend that this Split Dollar Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the July 26, 2005 Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
      Now Therefore , in consideration of the foregoing premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.
Article 1
General Definitions
     Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Split Dollar Agreement shall have the same meaning as defined in the Amended Director Retirement Agreement between the Company and the Director dated as of the date hereof, as the same may be amended. The following terms shall have the meanings specified.
      1.1 Administrator ” means the administrator described in Article 7.
      1.2 Director’s Interest ” means the benefit set forth in section 2.2.
      1.3 Insured ” means the Director.
      1.4 Insurer ” means each life insurance carrier for which there is a Split Dollar Policy Endorsement attached to this Agreement.
      1.5 Policy ” means the specific life insurance policy or policies issued by the Insurer.
      1.6 Split Dollar Policy Endorsement ” means the form required by the Administrator or the Insurer to indicate the Director’s interest, if any, in a Policy on the Director’s life.
Article 2
Policy Ownership/Interests
      2.1 Company Ownership . The Company is the sole owner of the Policy and shall have the right to exercise all incidents of ownership. The Company shall be the beneficiary of any death proceeds remaining after the Director’s interest is paid under section 2.2 below.
      2.2 Death Benefit . Provided the Policy is not cancelled, surrendered, terminated, or allowed to lapse, at the Director’s death the Director’s beneficiary designated in accordance with the Split Dollar Policy

 


 

Endorsement shall be entitled to death proceeds in the amount of $100,000 (the “Director’s Interest”). The Director shall have the right to designate the beneficiary of the Director’s Interest.
      2.3 Option to Purchase . The Company shall not sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy while this Split Dollar Agreement is in effect unless the Company first gives the Director or the Director’s transferee a right of first refusal to purchase the Policy. The option to purchase the Policy shall lapse if not exercised within 60 days after the date the Company gives written notice of the Company’s intention to sell, surrender, or transfer ownership of the Policy. The purchase price shall be an amount equal to the Policy cash surrender value. This provision shall not impair the Company’s right to terminate this Split Dollar Agreement.
      2.4 Comparable Coverage . The Company shall maintain the Policy in full force and effect. The Company may not amend, terminate, or otherwise abrogate the Director’s interest in the Policy unless the Company replaces the Policy with a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Split Dollar Agreement and executes a new split dollar agreement and endorsement for the comparable insurance policy. The Policy or any comparable policy shall be subject to claims of the Company’s creditors.
      2.5 Internal Revenue Code Section 1035 Exchanges . The Director recognizes and agrees that the Company may after this Split Dollar Agreement is adopted wish to exchange the Policy of life insurance on the Director’s life for another contract of life insurance insuring the Director’s life. Provided that the Policy is replaced or intended to be replaced with a comparable policy of life insurance, the Director agrees to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by a prospective insurer for implementing the Policy or, if necessary, for modifying or updating to a comparable insurer.
Article 3
Premiums
      3.1 Premium Payment . The Company shall pay any premiums due on the Policy.
      3.2 Economic Benefit . The Company shall determine the economic benefit attributable to the Director based on the life insurance premium factor for the Director’s age multiplied by the aggregate death benefit payable to the Director’s Beneficiary. The life insurance premium factor is the minimum amount required to be imputed under Internal Revenue Service Regulations, section 1.61-22(d)(3)(ii), or any subsequent applicable authority. The Company shall impute the economic benefit to the Director on an annual basis by adding the economic benefit to the Director’s Form W-2 or, if applicable, Form 1099.
Article 4
Assignment
     The Director may assign without consideration all interests in the Policy and in this Split Dollar Agreement to any person, entity or trust. If the Director transfers all of the Director’s interest in the Policy, then all of the Director’s interest in the Policy and in the Split Dollar Agreement shall be vested in the Director’s transferee, who shall be substituted as a party hereunder, and the Director shall have no further interest in the Policy or in this Split Dollar Agreement.
Article 5
Insurer
     The Insurer shall be bound only by the terms of the Policy. Any payments the Insurer makes or actions it takes in accordance with the Policy shall fully discharge it from all claims, suits and demands of all entities or

2


 

persons. The Insurer shall not be bound by or be deemed to have notice of the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement.
Article 6
Claims Procedure
      6.1 Claims Procedure . The Company shall notify any person or entity making a claim under this Split Dollar Agreement (the “Claimant”) in writing, within 90 days of Claimant’s written application for benefits, of his or her eligibility or ineligibility for benefits under this Split Dollar Agreement. If the Company determines that the Claimant is not eligible for benefits or full benefits, the notice shall set forth ( w ) the specific reasons for denial, ( x ) a specific reference to the provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement on which the denial is based, ( y ) a description of any additional information or material necessary for the Claimant to perfect his or her claim, and a description of why it is needed, and ( z ) an explanation of this Split Dollar Agreement’s claims review procedure and other appropriate information concerning the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to have the claim reviewed. If the Company determines that there are special circumstances requiring additional time to make a decision, the Company shall notify the Claimant of the special circumstances and the date by which a decision is expected to be made, and may extend the time for up to an additional 90 days.
      6.2 Review Procedure . If the Claimant is determined by the Company not to be eligible for benefits, or if the Claimant believes that he or she is entitled to greater or different benefits, the Claimant shall have the opportunity to have its claim reviewed by the Company by filing a petition for review with the Company within 60 days after receipt of the notice issued by the Company. The petition shall state the specific reasons the Claimant believes it is entitled to benefits or to greater or different benefits. Within 60 days after receipt by the Company of the petition, the Company shall afford the Claimant (and counsel, if any) an opportunity to present its position to the Company verbally or in writing, and the Claimant (or counsel) shall have the right to review the pertinent documents. The Company shall notify the Claimant of the Company’s decision in writing within the 60-day period, stating specifically the basis of its decision, written in a manner to be understood by the Claimant, and the specific provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement on which the decision is based. If, because of the need for a hearing, the 60-day period is not sufficient, the decision may be deferred for up to another 60-day period at the election of the Company, but notice of this deferral shall be given to the Claimant.
Article 7
Administration of Agreement
      7.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Split Dollar Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator consisting of the Company’s board of directors or such committee or person(s) as the board shall appoint. The Director may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to ( x ) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and ( y ) decide or resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of this Split Dollar Agreement, as may arise in connection with this Split Dollar Agreement.
      7.2 Agents . In the administration of this Split Dollar Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.
      7.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator about any question arising out of the administration, interpretation, and application of the Agreement and the rules and

3


 

regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in this Split Dollar Agreement. No Director or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the discount rate and calculation method employed in the determination of the Accrual Balance.
      7.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses, or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Split Dollar Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
      7.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Service of the Director, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
Article 8
Miscellaneous
      8.1 Amendment and Termination . This Split Dollar Agreement may be amended solely by a written agreement signed by the Company and by the Director. This Split Dollar Agreement shall terminate if the Amended Director Retirement Agreement terminates under Article 5 of the Amended Director Retirement Agreement.
      8.2 Binding Effect . This Split Dollar Agreement shall bind the Director and the Company and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, administrators and transferees, and any Policy beneficiary.
      8.3 No Guarantee of Service . This Split Dollar Agreement is not a service policy or contract. It does not give the Director the right to remain a director of the Company nor does it interfere with the right of the Company’s stockholders not to re-elect the Director or the right of stockholders or the board to remove an individual as a director of the Company. This Split Dollar Agreement also does not require the Director to remain a director or interfere with the Director’s right to terminate service at any time.
      8.4 Applicable Law . The Split Dollar Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Ohio, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
      8.5 Entire Agreement . This Split Dollar Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Director concerning the subject matter. No rights are granted to the Director under this Split Dollar Agreement other than those specifically set forth. This Split Dollar Agreement amends and restates in its entirety the Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement entered into by the Company and the Director as of July 26, 2005.
      8.6 Severability . If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Split Dollar Agreement not held invalid, and each such other provision shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law. If any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement is held invalid in part, such invalidity shall not affect the remainder of such provision not held invalid, and the remainder of such provision, together with all other provisions of this Split Dollar Agreement, shall continue in full force and effect to the full extent consistent with law.

4


 

      8.7 Captions and Counterparts . Captions and section headings in this Split Dollar Agreement are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Split Dollar Agreement. This Split Dollar Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      8.8 Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered by hand or mailed, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, with postage prepaid, to the following addresses or to such other address as either party may designate by like notice. If to the Company, notice shall be given to the board of directors, Cortland Bancorp, 194 W. Main Street, P.O. Box 98, Cortland, Ohio 44410-1466, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Company shall have designated to the Director in writing. If to the Director, notice shall be given to the Director at the address of the Director appearing on the Company’s records, or to such other or additional person or persons as the Director shall have designated to the Company in writing.
      In Witness Whereof , the Director and a duly authorized Company officer have executed this Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement as of the date first written above.
                 
Director       Cortland Bancorp    
 
               
 
Jerry A. Carleton
       By:        
 
         
 
   
 
               
 
      Title:        
 
               
      Agreement to Cooperate with Insurance Underwriting Incident to Internal Revenue Code section 1035 Exchange
     I acknowledge that I have read the Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement and agree to be bound by its terms, particularly the covenant on my part set forth in section 2.5 of the Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement to provide medical information and cooperate with medical insurance-related testing required by an insurer to issue a comparable insurance policy to cover the benefit provided under this Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement.
             
 
Witness
     
 
Jerry A. Carleton
   

5


 

Split Dollar Policy Endorsement
Insured: Jerry A. Carleton
Insurer: Midland National Life Insurance Company
Policy No. 688313
     Pursuant to the terms of the Cortland Bancorp Amended Split Dollar Agreement and Endorsement dated as of December 18, 2007, the undersigned Owner requests that the above-referenced policy issued by the Insurer provides for the following beneficiary designation and limited contract ownership rights to the Insured:
     1. Upon the death of the Insured, proceeds shall be paid in one sum to the Owner, its successors or assigns, to the extent of its interest in the policy. It is hereby provided that the Insurer may rely solely upon a statement from the Owner as to the amount of proceeds it is entitled to receive under this paragraph.
     2. Any proceeds at the death of the Insured in excess of the amount paid under the provisions of the preceding paragraph shall be paid in one sum to:
Primary Beneficiary, Relationship/Social Security Number
Contingent Beneficiary, Relationship/Social Security Number
The exclusive rights to change the beneficiary for the proceeds payable under this paragraph and to assign all rights and interests granted under this paragraph are hereby granted to the Insured. The sole signature of the Insured shall be sufficient to exercise the rights. The Owner retains all contract rights not granted to the Insured under this paragraph.
     3. It is agreed by the undersigned that this designation and limited assignment of rights shall be subject in all respects to the contractual terms of the policy.
     4. Any payment directed by the Owner under this endorsement shall be a full discharge of the Insurer, and such discharge shall be binding on all parties claiming any interest under the policy.
     The undersigned for the Owner is signing in a representative capacity and warrants that he or she has the authority to bind the entity on whose behalf this document is executed.
     Signed at                                           , Ohio this                      day of                                           , 200                      .
                 
Insured :       Owner :    
        Cortland Bancorp    
 
               
 
Jerry A. Carleton
       By:        
 
               
 
               
 
      Its:        
 
               

6

 

 
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE BUSINESS
 
CORTLAND BANCORP
 
Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the State of Ohio in 1984, as a one bank holding company registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. On March 13, 2000, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve system approved the Company’s application to become a financial holding company as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999. The principal activity of the Company is to own, manage and supervise the Cortland Savings and Banking Company (“Cortland Banks” or the “Bank”). The Company owns all of the outstanding shares of the Bank.
 
The Company is subject to supervision and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (The Financial Services Reform Act). Under the Financial Services Reform Act, the Company may continue to claim the benefits of financial holding company status as long as each depository institution that it controls remains well capitalized and well managed. The Company is required to provide notice to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System when it becomes aware that any depository institution controlled by the Company ceases to be well capitalized or well managed. Furthermore, current regulation specifies that prior to initiating or engaging in any new activities that are authorized for financial holding companies, the Company’s insured depository institutions must be rated “satisfactory” or better under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s bank subsidiary was rated “satisfactory” for CRA purposes, and remained well capitalized and, in management’s opinion, well managed. Cortland Bancorp owns no property. Operations are conducted at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio.
 
The business of the Company and the Bank is not seasonal to any significant extent and is not dependent on any single customer or group of customers.
 
NEW RESOURCES LEASING COMPANY
 
New Resources Leasing Company was formed in December 1988 as a separate entity to handle the function of commercial and consumer leasing. The wholly owned subsidiary has been inactive since incorporation.
 
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS
AND BANKING COMPANY
 
The Cortland Savings and Banking Company is a full service state chartered bank engaged in commercial and retail banking and trust services. The Bank’s services include checking accounts, savings accounts, time deposit accounts, commercial, mortgage and installment loans, night depository, automated teller services, safe deposit boxes and other miscellaneous services normally offered by commercial banks. Cortland Banks also offers a variety of Internet Banking products as well as discount brokerage services.
 
Business is conducted at a total of thirteen offices, eight of which are located in Trumbull County, Ohio. Two offices are located in the communities of Windham and Mantua, in Portage County, Ohio. One office is located in the community of Williamsfield, Ashtabula County, Ohio, while two are located in the community of Boardman, Mahoning County, Ohio.
 
Cortland Bank’s main office (as described in its charter) is located at 194 West Main Street, Cortland, Ohio. Administrative offices are located at the main office. The Brookfield, Hubbard, Niles Park Plaza and both Boardman offices are leased, while all of the other offices are owned by Cortland Banks.
 
The Bank, as a state chartered banking organization and member of the Federal Reserve System, is subject to periodic examination and regulation by both the Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland and the State of Ohio Division of Financial Institutions. These examinations, which include such areas as capital, liquidity, asset quality, management practices and other aspects of the Bank’s operations, are primarily for the protection of the Bank’s depositors. In addition to these regular examinations, the Bank must furnish periodic reports to regulatory authorities containing a full and accurate statement of its affairs. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to the statutory limit of $100,000 per customer. Individual Retirement Account deposits are insured by the FDIC to $250,000 per customer.
 
COMPETITION
 
Cortland Banks actively competes with state and national banks located in Northeast Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. It also competes for deposits, loans and other service business with a large number of other financial institutions, such as savings and loan associations, credit unions, insurance companies, consumer finance companies and commercial finance companies. Also, money market mutual funds, brokerage houses and similar institutions provide in a relatively unregulated environment many of the financial services offered by banks. In the opinion of management, the principal methods of competition are the rates of interest charged on loans, the rates of interest paid on deposit funds, the fees charged for services, and the convenience, availability, timeliness and quality of the customer services offered.
 
EMPLOYEES
 
As of December 31, 2007 the Company through its subsidiary bank, employed 143 full-time and 34 part-time employees. The Company provides its employees with a full range of benefit plans, and considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory.

 
4
 

 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO

 
REPORT ON MANAGEMENT’S ASSESSMENT OF
INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
 
Cortland Bancorp is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.
 
We, as management of Cortland Bancorp, are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for reliability through a program of internal audits. Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified. Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.
 
Management assessed the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in Internal Control-Integrated Framework , issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2007, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of the Internal Control-Integrated Framework . Packer Thomas, independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
 
     
-S- LARRY A. FANTAUZZI   -S- JAMES M. GASIOR
Lawrence A. Fantauzzi
President and
Chief Executive
Officer
 
James M. Gasior
Secretary
Chief Financial
Officer
     
Cortland, Ohio
February 29, 2008
   

 
5
 

 
 


 

 
REPORT OF PACKER THOMAS
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
SHAREHOLDERS AND BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Cortland Bancorp
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007. We also have audited Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Cortland Bancorp’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements, and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
 
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In our opinion, Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
 
-S- PACKER THOMAS
 
Packer Thomas
Youngstown, Ohio
February 29, 2008

 
6
 

 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Interest income
                       
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 15,784     $ 14,291     $ 12,941  
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
                       
Taxable interest
    6,788       5,943       4,387  
Nontaxable interest
    1,811       2,051       2,162  
Dividends
    235       202       167  
Interest on mortgage-backed securities
    4,008       3,795       3,810  
Other interest income
    366       215       119  
                         
Total interest income
    28,992       26,497       23,586  
                         
Interest expense
                       
Deposits
    10,456       8,509       6,159  
Borrowed funds
    3,375       3,073       2,506  
Subordinated debt
    154                  
                         
Total interest expense
    13,985       11,582       8,665  
                         
Net interest income
    15,007       14,915       14,921  
Provision for loan losses (Note 4)
    40       225       545  
                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    14,967       14,690       14,376  
                         
Other income
                       
Fees for other customer services
    2,307       2,239       2,254  
Investment securities gains - net
    77       18       308  
Gain on sale of loans - net
    88       106       89  
Other real estate losses - net
    (1 )     (47 )     (3 )
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
    521       433       341  
Other non-interest income
    97       86       126  
                         
Total other income
    3,089       2,835       3,115  
                         
Other expenses
                       
Salaries and employee benefits
    7,199       6,776       7,052  
Net occupancy and equipment expense
    1,871       1,811       1,870  
State and local taxes
    580       552       548  
Office supplies
    396       367       338  
Bank exam and audit expense
    443       486       427  
Other operating expenses
    2,106       2,029       1,965  
                         
Total other expenses
    12,595       12,021       12,200  
                         
Income before federal income taxes
    5,461       5,504       5,291  
Federal income taxes (Note 11)
    1,111       928       957  
                         
Net income
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334  
                         
Net income per share, both basic and diluted (Note 1)
  $ 0.97     $ 1.01     $ 0.97  
                         
Dividends declared per share
  $ 0.87     $ 0.85     $ 1.04  
                         

 
7
 

 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31, 2007 and 2006
 
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)
 
                 
    2007     2006  
 
ASSETS
               
Cash and due from banks
  $ 9,441     $ 10,100  
Federal funds sold
            4,275  
                 
Total cash and cash equivalents
    9,441       14,375  
                 
                 
Investment securities available for sale (Note 2)
    126,507       108,484  
Investment securities held to maturity (approximate
market value of $113,087 in 2007 and $124,136 in 2006) (Note 2)
    112,115       124,619  
Total loans (Note 3)
    223,109       205,208  
Less allowance for loan losses (Note 4)
    (1,621 )     (2,211 )
                 
Net loans
    221,488       202,997  
                 
Premises and equipment (Note 5)
    6,206       4,780  
Other assets
    16,937       16,496  
                 
Total assets
  $ 492,694     $ 471,751  
                 
                 
LIABILITIES
               
Noninterest-bearing deposits
  $ 58,224     $ 60,983  
Interest-bearing deposits (Note 6)
    306,564       294,835  
                 
Total deposits
    364,788       355,818  
                 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings (Note 7)
    70,413       62,015  
Subordinated debt (Note 8)
    5,155          
Other liabilities
    3,514       3,326  
                 
Total liabilities
    443,870       421,159  
                 
                 
Commitments and contingent liabilities (Notes 9 and 17)
               
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Common stock - $5.00 stated value - authorized 20,000,000 shares;
issued 4,639,973 shares in 2007 and 4,594,344 shares in 2006 (Note 1)
    23,200       22,972  
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1)
    20,976       20,835  
Retained earnings
    9,386       9,553  
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income (Note 1)
    (94 )     (455 )
Treasury stock, at cost, 250,545 shares in 2007 and 95,809 shares in 2006
    (4,644 )     (2,313 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity (Note 16)
    48,824       50,592  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 492,694     $ 471,751  
                 

 
8
 

 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
(Amounts in thousands except per share data)
 
                                                 
                      Accumulated
          Total
 
          Additional
          Other
          Share-
 
    Common
    Paid-In
    Retained
    Comprehensive
    Treasury
    holders
 
    Stock     Capital     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Stock     Equity  
Balance at December 31, 2004
  $ 21,869     $ 18,531     $ 13,131     $ 1,061     $ (5,194 )   $ 49,398  
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Net income
                    4,334                       4,334  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                            (1,938 )             (1,938 )
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            2,396  
                                                 
Common Stock Transactions:
                                               
Treasury shares reissued net of shares repurchased
            (184 )                     1,352       1,168  
Cash dividends declared ($0.83 per share)
                    (3,701 )                     (3,701 )
Special cash dividend ($0.21 per share)
                    (929 )                     (929 )
3% stock dividend
    654       1,864       (2,518 )                        
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
                    (7 )                     (7 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2005
    22,523       20,211       10,310       (877 )     (3,842 )     48,325  
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Net income
                    4,576                       4,576  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                            422               422  
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            4,998  
                                                 
Common Stock Transactions:
                                               
Treasury shares reissued net of shares repurchased
            (390 )                     1,529       1,139  
Cash dividends declared ($0.85 per share)
                    (3,865 )                     (3,865 )
2% stock dividend
    449       1,014       (1,463 )                        
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
                    (5 )                     (5 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    22,972       20,835       9,553       (455 )     (2,313 )     50,592  
Comprehensive Income:
                                               
Net income
                    4,350                       4,350  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
                                               
Unrealized gains on available for sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment
                            361               361  
                                                 
Total comprehensive income
                                            4,711  
                                                 
Common Stock Transactions:
                                               
Treasury shares reissued
            (249 )                     1,195       946  
Treasury shares purchased
                                    (3,526 )     (3,526 )
Cash dividends declared ($0.87 per share)
                    (3,895 )                     (3,895 )
1% stock dividend
    228       390       (618 )                        
Cash paid in lieu of fractional shares
                    (4 )                     (4 )
                                                 
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 23,200     $ 20,976     $ 9,386     $ (94 )   $ (4,644 )   $ 48,824  
                                                 
 
DISCLOSURE OF RECLASSIFICATION FOR AVAILABLE
FOR SALE SECURITY GAINS AND LOSSES:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
Unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities arising during
the period net of tax of $212, $224 and $(894)
  $ 412     $ 434     $ (1,735 )
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gains realized in net income,
net of tax of $26, $6 and $105
    51       12       203  
                         
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax
  $ 361     $ 422     $ (1,938 )
                         

 
9
 

 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    775       991       1,469  
Provision for loan loss
    40       225       545  
Deferred tax expense (benefit)
    189       (205 )     50  
Investment securities gains
    (77 )     (18 )     (308 )
Gains on sales of loans
    (88 )     (106 )     (89 )
Loss on the sale or disposal of fixed assets
    4       3          
Other real estate losses
    1       47       3  
Loans originated for sale
    (6,199 )     (6,978 )     (6,618 )
Proceeds from sale of loans originated for sale
    6,396       6,975       6,707  
Changes in:
                       
Interest and fees receivable
    (59 )     (245 )     (341 )
Interest payable
    174       185       (30 )
Other assets and liabilities
    (497 )     (368 )     (1,447 )
                         
Net cash flows from operating activities
    5,009       5,082       4,275  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchases of securities available for sale
    (13,502 )     (13,339 )     (19,593 )
Purchases of securities held to maturity
    (36,283 )     (12,017 )     (47,280 )
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
            1,006       1,479  
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments on securities
    44,692       26,050       53,082  
Net (increase) decrease in loans made to customers
    (18,922 )     (17,223 )     2,462  
Proceeds from disposition of other real estate
    34       143       22  
Purchases of premises and equipment
    (2,006 )     (1,180 )     (316 )
                         
Net cash flows from investing activities
    (25,987 )     (16,560 )     (10,144 )
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Net increase in deposit accounts
    8,970       5,443       5,456  
Net increase in borrowings
    8,398       3,904       10,222  
Proceeds from subordinated debt issuance
    5,155                  
Dividends paid
    (3,899 )     (3,870 )     (4,637 )
Purchases of treasury stock
    (3,526 )             (3 )
Treasury shares reissued
    946       1,139       1,171  
                         
Net cash flows from financing activities
    16,044       6,616       12,209  
                         
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
    (4,934 )     (4,862 )     6,340  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents
                       
Beginning of year
    14,375       19,237       12,897  
                         
End of year
  $ 9,441     $ 14,375     $ 19,237  
                         

 
10
 

 
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements


 

CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
The accounting and reporting policies of Cortland Bancorp, and its bank subsidiary, Cortland Savings and Banking Co., reflect banking industry practices and conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A summary of the significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements is set forth below.
 
Principles of Consolidation:  The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Cortland Bancorp (the Company) and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Cortland Savings and Banking Company (the Bank) and New Resources Leasing Co. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
Industry Segment Information:  The Company and its subsidiaries operate in the domestic banking industry which accounts for substantially all of the Company’s assets, revenues and operating income. The Company, through its subsidiary bank, grants residential, consumer, and commercial loans and offers a variety of saving plans to customers located primarily in the Northeastern Ohio and Western Pennsylvania area.
 
Use of Estimates:  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
Cash Flow:  Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods. The Company reports net cash flows for customer loan transactions, deposit transactions and deposits made with other financial institutions.
 
The Company paid interest of $13,810,000, $11,397,000 and $8,695,000 in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Cash paid for income taxes was $950,000 in 2007, $1,120,000 in 2006 and $993,000 in 2005. Transfers of loans to other real estate were $282,000 in 2007, $144,000 in 2006 and $107,000 in 2005.
 
Investment Securities:  Investments in debt and equity securities are classified as held to maturity, trading or available for sale. Securities classified as held to maturity are those that management has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity. Securities classified as available for sale are those that could be sold for liquidity, investment management, or similar reasons, even though management has no present intentions to do so.
 
Securities held to maturity are stated at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, with such amortization or accretion included in interest income. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value with unrealized gains and losses recorded as a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of tax effects. Realized gains or losses on dispositions are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of securities sold, using the specific identification method. Interest on securities is accrued and credited to operations based on the principal balance outstanding, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.
 
Unrealized losses on corporate bonds have not been recognized into income. Management has the intent and ability to hold these securities for the foreseeable future. The fair value is expected to recover as the bonds approach their maturity date and/or market conditions become more favorable to the bonds’ intrinsic value.
 
Trading Securities:   Trading securities are principally held with the intention of selling in the near term and are carried at market value. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading account securities are recognized in the Statement of Income as they occur. The Company did not hold any trading securities at December 31, 2007, 2006 or 2005. There was no trading activity in 2007, 2006 or 2005.
 
Loans:  Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding net of the unamortized balance of deferred loan origination fees and costs. Deferred loan origination fees and costs are amortized as an adjustment to the related

 
11
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
 
loan yield over the contractual life using the level yield method. Interest income on loans is accrued over the term of the loans based on the amount of principal outstanding. The accrual of interest is discontinued on a loan when management determines that the collection of interest is doubtful. Generally a loan is placed on nonaccrual status once the borrower is 90 days past due on payments, or whenever sufficient information is received to question the collectability of the loan or any time legal proceedings are initiated involving a loan. Interest income accrued up to the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual is reversed through interest income. Cash payments received while a loan is classified as nonaccrual are recorded as a reduction to principal or reported as interest income according to management’s judgment as to the collectibility of principal. A loan is returned to accrual status when either all of the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are, in management’s judgment, collectable, or when it otherwise becomes well secured and in the process of collection. When a loan is charged-off, any interest accrued but not collected on the loan is charged against earnings.
 
Loans Held for Sale:  The Company originates certain residential mortgage loans for sale in the secondary mortgage loan market. For the majority of loan sales, the Company concurrently sells the rights to service the related loans. In addition, the Company may periodically identify other loans which may be sold. These loans are classified as loans held for sale, and carried, in the aggregate, at the lower of cost or estimated market value based on secondary market prices. To mitigate interest rate risk, the Company may obtain fixed commitments to sell such loans at the time loans are originated or identified as being held for sale. Such a commitment would be referred to as a derivative loan commitment if the loan that will result from exercise of the commitment will be held for sale upon funding under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133 (“SFAS 133”), Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149 (“SFAS 149”), Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. Loans held for sale was $109,000 at December 31, 2006, and none at December 31, 2007.
 
Allowance for Loan Losses and Allowance for Losses on Lending Related Commitments:  Because some loans may not be repaid in full, an allowance for loan losses is recorded. Increases to the allowance consist of provisions for loan losses charged to expense and recoveries of previously charged-off loans. Reductions to the allowance result from the charge-off of loans deemed uncollectable by management. After a loan is charged-off, collection efforts continue and future recoveries may occur.
 
A loan is considered impaired when it appears probable that all principal and interest amounts will not be collected according to the loan contract. Allowances for loan losses on impaired loans are determined using the estimated future cash flows of the loan, discounted to their present value using the loan’s effective interest rate. Allowances for loan losses for impaired loans that are collateral dependent are generally determined based on the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment in the aggregate. Such loans include one-to-four family residential, home equity and consumer loans. Commercial loans and commercial mortgage loans are evaluated individually for impairment. Impaired loans are generally classified as nonaccrual loans.
 
Estimating the risk of loss and the amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective. Accordingly, the allowance is maintained by management at a level considered adequate to cover possible losses that are currently anticipated. Management evaluates the portfolio in light of economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, industry standards and other relevant factors. Specific factors considered by management in determining the amounts charged to operations include previous loss experience; the status of past due interest and principal payments; the quality of financial information supplied by customers; the cash flow coverage and trends evidenced by financial information supplied by customers; the nature and estimated value of any collateral supporting specific loan credits; risk classifications determined by the Company’s loan review systems or as the result of regulatory examination process; and general economic conditions in the lending area of the Company’s bank subsidiary. Key risk factors and assumptions are dynamically updated to reflect actual

 
12
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
 
experience and changing circumstances. While management may periodically allocate portions of the allowance for specific problem loans, the entire allowance is available for any charge-offs that occur.
 
The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the balance sheet within accrued expenses and other liabilities, while the corresponding provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other expense.
 
Certain asset-specific loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates.
 
The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile.
 
Premises and Equipment:  Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed generally on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the various assets. Maintenance and repairs are expensed and major improvements are capitalized.
 
Other Real Estate:  Real estate acquired through foreclosure or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is included in other assets. Such real estate is carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any reduction from the carrying value of the related loan to fair value at the time of acquisition is accounted for as a loan loss. Any subsequent reduction in fair market value is reflected as a valuation allowance through a charge to income. Costs of significant property improvements are capitalized, whereas costs relating to holding and maintaining the property are charged to expense.
 
Intangible Asset:  A core deposit intangible asset resulting from a branch acquisition is being amortized over a 15 year period. The intangible asset, net of accumulated amortization, was $98,000 and $134,000 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, and is included in other assets. The annual expense was $37,000 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005. The estimated aggregate amortization expense for the next two years is $37,000 per year, and $24,000 in the third year.
 
Cash Surrender Value of Life Insurance:  Bank-owned life insurance (“BOLI”) represents life insurance on the lives of certain Company employees, officers and directors who have provided positive consent allowing the Company to be the co-beneficiary of such policies. Since the Company is the owner of the insurance policies, increases in the cash value of the policies, as well as its share of insurance proceeds received, are recorded in other noninterest income, and are not subject to income taxes. The cash value of the policies is included in other assets. The Company reviews the financial strength of the insurance carriers prior to the purchase of BOLI and quarterly thereafter. The amount of BOLI with any individual carrier is limited to 15% of Tier I Capital. The Company has purchased BOLI to provide a long-term asset to offset long-term benefit liabilities, while generating competitive investment yields.
 
Advertising:  The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred.

 
13
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
 
Income Taxes:  A deferred tax liability or asset is determined at each balance sheet date. It is measured by applying currently enacted tax laws to future amounts that result from differences in the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities.
 
Other Comprehensive Income:  Accumulated other comprehensive income for the Company is comprised solely of unrealized holding gains (losses) on available for sale securities, net of tax.
 
Per Share Amounts:  The Board of Directors declared 1% common stock dividends payable as of January 1, 2008, 2% common stock dividends payable January 1, 2007 and 3% payable January 1, 2006. The common stock dividend issued on January 1, 2008 resulted in the issuance of 45,628 shares of common stock, which have been included in the 4,639,973 shares reported as issued at December 31, 2007.
 
Basic and diluted earnings per share are based on weighted average shares outstanding. Average shares outstanding and per share amounts have been restated to give retroactive effect to the 1% common stock dividend of January 1, 2008. Average shares outstanding and per share amounts similarly reflect the impact of the Company’s stock repurchase program.
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic earnings per common share and diluted earnings per common share:
                         
   
Years Ended December 31,
 
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                         
Net income ($000 omitted)
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    4,494,216       4,522,683       4,460,685  
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.97     $ 1.01     $ 0.97  
Diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.97     $ 1.01     $ 0.97  
 
Off Balance Sheet Financial Instruments:  Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.
 
Reclassifications:  Certain items in the financial statements for 2005 and 2006 have been reclassified to conform to the 2007 presentation.
 
New Accounting Standards
 
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” SFAS No. 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The provisions of this standard apply to other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company believes that the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will not have a material impact on the financial statements.
 
In October 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans.” SFAS No. 158 requires an employer to recognize the funded status of each of its defined pension and postretirement benefit plans in the balance sheet, to recognize changes in the funded status in the year in which changes occur through comprehensive income, and to measure the funded status as of the balance sheet date. The requirement to recognize the funded status of benefit plans and the disclosure requirements are effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The requirement to measure the

 
14
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)
 
funded status as of the date of the balance sheet is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2008. The Company has determined that its adoption of SFAS No. 158 will not have a material impact on its earnings, cash flows and financial position.
 
In September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) reached a final consensus on Issue 06-4, “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements”. The consensus stipulates that an agreement by an employer to share a portion of the proceeds of a life insurance policy with an employee during the postretirement period is a postretirement benefit arrangement required to be accounted for under SFAS No. 106 (postretirement benefit plans) or APB No. 12 (deferred compensation plan). The consensus concludes that the purchase of a split-dollar life insurance policy does not constitute a settlement, therefore, a liability should be recognized for future benefits. Issue 06-4 is effective for years beginning after December 15, 2007. The Company has determined that its adoption will not have a material impact on its earnings, cash flow and financial position.
 
In September 2006, the Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) ratified the consensus on Issue 06-5, “Accounting for Purchases of Life Insurance — Determining the Amount that Could be Realized in Accordance with FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4”. The consensus stipulates that the policy owner should consider the cash surrender value as well as any additional amounts included in the contractual terms of the policy in determining the amount recognized as an asset pursuant to FASB Technical Bulletin No. 85-4. The consensus in this Issue is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company’s adoption of this consensus did not have an impact on its earnings, cash flow or financial position.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities” (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 would allow the Company an irrevocable election to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses on the elected items recognized in earnings at each reporting period. The fair value option may only be elected at the time of initial recognition of a financial asset or financial liability or upon the occurrence of certain specified events. The election is applied on an instrument by instrument basis, with a few exceptions, and is applied only to entire instruments and not to portions of instruments. SFAS 159 also provides expanded disclosure requirements regarding the effects of electing the fair value option on the financial statements. SFAS 159 is effective prospectively for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently evaluating this statement and has not yet determined the financial assets and liabilities, if any, for which the fair value option would be elected or the potential impact on the consolidated financial statements, if such election were made.

 
15
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
The following is a summary of investment securities:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
                                 
          Gross
    Gross
    Estimated
 
    Amortized
    Unrealized
    Unrealized
    Fair
 
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Value  
                                 
December 31, 2007
Investment securities available for sale
                               
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 12,365     $ 314     $ 2     $ 12,677  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    8,428       344               8,772  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    66,508       607       268       66,847  
Corporate securities
    35,769       36       1,175       34,630  
                                 
Total debt securities
    123,070       1,301       1,445       122,926  
Other securities
    3,581                       3,581  
                                 
Total available for sale
  $ 126,651     $ 1,301     $ 1,445     $ 126,507  
                                 
Investment securities held to maturity
                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 139     $ 7     $       $ 146  
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
    71,179       361       24       71,516  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    23,990       886       7       24,869  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    16,807       63       314       16,556  
                                 
Total held to maturity
  $ 112,115     $ 1,317     $ 345     $ 113,087  
                                 
                         
December 31, 2006
Investment securities available for sale
                       
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 12,919     $ 13     $ 136     $ 12,796  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    9,451       348       1       9,798  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    55,062       192       1,057       54,197  
Corporate securities
    28,160       101       149       28,112  
                                 
Total debt securities
    105,592       654       1,343       104,903  
Other securities
    3,581                       3,581  
                                 
Total available for sale
  $ 109,173     $ 654     $ 1,343     $ 108,484  
                                 
                                 
                         
Investment securities held to maturity                        
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 143     $       $       $ 143  
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
    73,743               1,239       72,504  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
    31,009       1,067       13       32,063  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    19,724               298       19,426  
                                 
Total held to maturity
  $ 124,619     $ 1,067     $ 1,550     $ 124,136  
                                 
 
At December 31, 2007 and 2006, other securities consisted of $3,355,000 in Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock and $226,000 in Federal Reserve Bank (FED) stock. Each investment is carried at cost, and the Company is required to hold such investments as a condition of membership in order to transact business with the FHLB and the FED.

 
16
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
 
The amortized cost and estimated market value of debt securities at December 31, 2007, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Actual maturities will differ from contractual maturities because issuers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                 
    December 31, 2007  
    Amortized
    Estimated
 
    Cost     Fair Value  
 
Investment securities available for sale
               
Due in one year or less
  $ 3,447     $ 3,459  
Due after one year through five years
    4,048       4,110  
Due after five years through ten years
    4,506       4,282  
Due after ten years
    44,561       44,228  
                 
Subtotal
    56,562       56,079  
Mortgage-backed securities
    66,508       66,847  
                 
Total
  $ 123,070     $ 122,926  
                 
Investment securities held to maturity
               
Due in one year or less
  $ 17,780     $ 17,784  
Due after one year through five years
    4,443       4,473  
Due after five years through ten years
    22,048       22,213  
Due after ten years
    51,037       52,061  
                 
Subtotal
    95,308       96,531  
Mortgage-backed securities
    16,807       16,556  
                 
Total
  $ 112,115     $ 113,087  
                 
 
The following table sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for each of the years ended December 31:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Proceeds
  $ 9,991     $ 1,526     $ 13,563  
Gross realized gains
    77       18       308  
Gross realized losses
                       
 
Investment securities with a carrying value of approximately $95,137,000 at December 31, 2007 and $75,489,000 at December 31, 2006 were pledged to secure deposits and for other purposes.

 
17
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
 
The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at December 31, 2007:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
 
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 3,466     $ 23     $ 2,741     $ 3     $ 6,207     $ 26  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
                    391       7       391       7  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    105       1       29,695       581       29,800       582  
Corporate securities
    24,930       761       5,949       414       30,879       1,175  
                                                 
    $ 28,501     $ 785     $ 38,776     $ 1,005     $ 67,277     $ 1,790  
                                                 
 
The above table represents 123 investment securities where the current value is less than the related amortized cost.
 
The following is a summary of the fair value of securities with unrealized losses and an aging of those unrealized losses at December 31, 2006:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                                                 
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
    Fair
    Unrealized
 
    Value     Losses     Value     Losses     Value     Losses  
 
U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 11,716     $ 125     $ 69,233     $ 1,250     $ 80,949     $ 1,375  
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
                    1,043       14       1,043       14  
Mortgage-backed and related securities
    10,812       159       52,351       1,196       63,163       1,355  
Corporate securities
    2,012       6       4,215       143       6,227       149  
                                                 
    $ 24,540     $ 290     $ 126,842     $ 2,603     $ 151,382     $ 2,893  
                                                 
 
The above table represents 201 investment securities where the current value is less than the related amortized cost.
 
The unrealized losses on the Bank’s investment in U.S. Government agencies and corporations, obligations of states and political subdivisions, and mortgage-backed and related securities were caused by interest rate increases. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Bank’s investment because the decline in market value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality, and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity. The Bank does not consider those investments to be other than temporarily impaired at December 31, 2007.
 
The Bank’s unrealized loss on investments in corporate securities relates to a $2,350,000 investment in the General Motors Corporation. The unrealized loss was primarily caused by (a) the decrease in profitability and

 
18
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 2 - INVESTMENT SECURITIES (Continued)
 
profit forecasts by industry analysts resulting from intense competitive pressure in the automotive industry and (b) a sector downgrade by industry analysts. The contractual terms of those investments do not permit General Motors Corporation to settle the security at a price less than the amortized cost of the investment. While the General Motors Corporation credit rating has decreased from A3 to Caa1 (Moodys), the Bank believes it is probable that it will be able to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the investment. Therefore, it is expected that the bonds would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the investment. Because the Bank has the ability and intent to hold the investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, it does not consider the investment in the General Motors Corporate notes to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2007.
 
The remaining loss on investments in corporate securities relates to a $31,410,000 investment at December 31, 2007, in Collateralized Debt Obligations, (CDO’s), representing pools of trust preferred debt. The credit ratings on the securities range from Aa3 to Baa3 at Moody’s, with none of the securities experiencing downgrades at December 31, 2007.
 
NOTE 3 - LOANS RECEIVABLE
 
The following is a summary of loans:
(Amounts in thousands)
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
1-4 family residential mortgage loans
  $ 68,135     $ 62,882  
1-4 family residential mortgage loans held for sale
            109  
Commercial mortgage loans
    120,950       106,160  
Consumer loans
    8,484       7,745  
Commercial loans
    14,981       17,505  
Home equity loans
    10,559       10,807  
                 
Total loans
  $ 223,109     $ 205,208  
                 
 
NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES
 
The following is an analysis of changes in the allowance for loan losses for the year ended:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 2,211     $ 2,168       $2,629  
Loan charge-offs
    (728 )     (288 )     (1,119 )
Recoveries
    98       106       113  
                         
Net loan charge-offs
    (630 )     (182 )     (1,006 )
Provision charged to operations
    40       225       545  
                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 1,621     $ 2,211       $2,168  
                         
 
Loans on which the accrual of interest has been discontinued because circumstances indicate that collection is questionable amounted to $2,285,000, $3,923,000 and $3,746,000 at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,

 
19
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 4 - ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES (Continued)
 
respectively. Interest income on these loans, if accrued, would have increased pretax income by approximately $188,000, $315,000 and $266,000 for 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
 
Impaired loans are generally included in nonaccrual loans. Management does not individually evaluate certain smaller balance loans for impairment as such loans are evaluated on an aggregate basis. These loans generally include 1-4 family, consumer and home equity loans. Impaired loans are generally evaluated using the fair value of collateral as the measurement method. At December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, the recorded investment in impaired loans was $2,274,000, $1,939,000 and $1,857,000 while the allocated portion of the allowance for loan losses for such loans was $716,000, $815,000 and $714,000, respectively. Interest income recognized on impaired loans using the cash basis was $68,000 for 2007, $44,000 for 2006 and $51,000 for 2005.
 
There were $546,000 in renegotiated loans at December 31, 2007 and none at December 31, 2006 and 2005. The total interest recognized on these loans was $12,000 at December 31, 2007.
 
There were no renegotiated loans for which interest has been reduced at December 31, 2007, December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005.
 
As of December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, there were $14,691,000, $13,765,000 and $5,304,000 in loans that were neither classified as nonaccrual nor considered impaired, but which can be considered potential problem loans.
 
Any loans classified for regulatory purposes as loss, doubtful, substandard, or special mention that have not been disclosed above do not (i) represent or result from trends or uncertainties which management reasonably expects will materially impact future operating results, liquidity, or capital resources, or (ii) represent material credits about which management is aware of any information which causes management to have serious doubts as to the ability of such borrowers to comply with the loan repayment terms.
 
NOTE 5 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
 
The following is a summary of premises and equipment:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Land
  $ 1,384     $ 877  
Premises
    6,522       5,720  
Equipment
    7,789       7,488  
Leasehold improvements
    275       291  
Construction in progress
    280       349  
                 
      16,250       14,725  
Less accumulated depreciation
    10,044       9,945  
                 
Net book value
  $ 6,206     $ 4,780  
                 
 
Depreciation expense was $576,000 in 2007, $485,000 in 2006 and $597,000 for 2005.

 
20
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS
 
The following is a summary of interest-bearing deposits:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Demand
  $ 23,460     $ 27,136  
Money Market
    19,698       19,117  
Savings
    74,024       79,585  
Time:
               
In denominations under $100,000
    120,864       114,052  
In denominations of $100,000 or more
    68,518       54,945  
                 
Total
  $ 306,564     $ 294,835  
                 
 
The following is a summary of time deposits of $100,000 or more by remaining maturities:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
    Certificates
    Other Time
          Certificates
    Other Time
       
    of Deposit     Deposits     Total     of Deposit     Deposits     Total  
 
Three months or less
  $ 17,572     $ 435     $ 18,007     $ 17,997     $           $ 17,997  
Three to six months
    12,811       288       13,099       7,775       543       8,318  
Six to twelve months
    24,193       340       24,533       11,786       749       12,535  
One through five years
    4,668       5,316       9,984       8,219       2,087       10,306  
Over five years
    1,381       1,514       2,895       1,529       4,260       5,789  
                                                 
Total
  $ 60,625     $ 7,893     $ 68,518     $ 47,306     $ 7,639     $ 54,945  
                                                 

 
21
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 6 - DEPOSITS (Continued)
 
NOTE 7 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS
 
The following is a summary of total Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    Weighted
             
    Average
             
    Interest
    December 31,  
    Rate     2007     2006  
 
Federal Home Loan Bank advances
                       
Variable rate Prime based Federal Home Loan Bank advances, with monthly interest payments:
                       
Due in 2007
          $       $ 5,000  
Variable rate LIBOR based Federal Home Loan Bank advances, with monthly interest payments:
                       
Due 2009
    4.9838 %     2,500       5,000  
Due 2011
    5.2475 %     3,000       3,000  
Fixed rate payable and convertible fixed rate Federal Home Loan Bank advances, with monthly interest payments:
                       
Due in 2007
                    11,500  
Due in 2008
    5.2442 %     6,000       5,000  
Due in 2009
    5.3033 %     6,000       5,000  
Due in 2010
    5.6635 %     15,500       13,500  
Due in 2011
    5.1850 %     5,000       5,000  
Due in 2012
    4.4500 %     1,500          
Due in 2014
    4.1585 %     6,500          
Due in 2016
    4.0700 %     2,000       2,000  
Due in 2017
    4.1216 %     16,000          
                         
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances
    4.8904 %     64,000       55,000  
Other borrowings
                       
Securities sold under repurchase agreements
    3.6248 %     4,644       5,862  
U.S. Treasury interest-bearing demand note
    3.5880 %     594       1,153  
Federal Funds Purchased
    4.5000 %     1,175          
                         
Total other borrowings
    3.7818 %     6,413       7,015  
                         
Total Federal Home Loan Bank advances and other borrowings
    4.7895 %   $ 70,413     $ 62,015  
                         
 
Securities sold under repurchase agreements represent arrangements that the Bank has entered into with certain deposit customers within its local market areas. These borrowings are collateralized with securities. There are $11.3 million in securities, allocated for this purpose, owned by the Bank and held in safekeeping accounts at independent correspondent banks.
 
Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances are collateralized by the FHLB stock owned by the Bank, which had a carrying value of $3,355,000 at December 31, 2007, and a blanket lien against the Bank’s qualified mortgage loan portfolio, $9,135,000 in collateralized mortgage obligations $20,670,000 in Federal Agency Securities and $4,082,000 in mortgage-backed securities. Maximum borrowing capacity from the FHLB totaled $73,669,082 at December 31, 2007.
 
As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, $27,000,000 and $28,500,000 of the FHLB fixed rate advances are convertible to quarterly LIBOR floating rate advances on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB. Should the FHLB elect to convert, the Company acquires the right to prepay any or all of the borrowing at the time of conversion and on any interest payment due date, thereafter, without penalty.

 
22
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 7 - FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK ADVANCES AND OTHER BORROWINGS (Continued)
 
As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, $26,000,000 and $2,000,000 of the FHLB fixed rate advances are putable on or after certain specified dates at the option of the FHLB. Should the FHLB elect to exercise the put, the Company is required to pay the advance off on that date without penalty.
 
NOTE 8 - SUBORDINATED DEBT
 
In July 2007 a trust formed by the Company issued $5,000,000 of floating rate trust preferred securities as part of a pooled offering of such securities due December 2037. The Bancorp owns all $155,000 of the common securities. The securities bear interest at the 3-month LIBOR rate plus 1.45%. The Company issued subordinated debentures to the trust in exchange for the proceeds of the trust preferred offering. The $5.155 million in debentures represent the sole assets of this trust. The Company may redeem the subordinated debentures, in whole or in part, at a premium declining ratably to par in September 2012.
 
In accordance with FASB Interpretation NO. 46, as revised in December 2003, the trust is not consolidated with the Company’s financial statements. Accordingly, the Company does not report the securities issued by the trust as liabilities, but instead reports as liabilities the subordinated debentures issued by the Company and held by the trust. The subordinated debentures qualify as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes in determining and evaluating the Company’s capital adequacy.
 
NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS
 
The Bank occupies office facilities under operating leases extending to 2011. Most of these leases contain an option to renew at the then fair rental value for periods of five and ten years. These options enable the Bank to retain use of facilities in desirable operating areas. In most cases, management expects that in the normal course of business, leases will be renewed or replaced by other leases. Rental and lease expense was $265,000 for 2007, $299,000 for 2006 and $295,000 for 2005. The following is a summary of remaining future minimum lease payments under current noncancelable operating leases for office facilities:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
         
Years ending:
       
December 31, 2008
  $ 131  
December 31, 2009
    84  
December 31, 2010
    84  
December 31, 2011
    45  
         
Total
  $ 344  
         
 
At December 31, 2007, the Bank was required to maintain aggregate cash reserves amounting to $4,771,000 in order to satisfy federal regulatory requirements. These amounts do not earn interest.
 
The Bank grants commercial and industrial loans, commercial and residential mortgages, and consumer loans to customers in Northeast Ohio and Western Pennsylvania. Although the Bank has a diversified portfolio, exposure to credit loss can be adversely impacted by downturns in local economic and employment conditions. Approximately 1.04% of total loans are unsecured at December 31, 2007, compared to 1.94% at December 31, 2006.
 
The Company currently does not enter into derivative financial instruments including futures, forwards, interest rate risk swaps, option contracts, or other financial instruments with similar characteristics. The Company also

 
23
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 9 - COMMITMENTS (Continued)
 
does not participate in any partnerships or other special purpose entities that might give rise to off-balance sheet liabilities.
 
The Company, through its subsidiary bank, is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees. Such instruments involve, to varying degrees elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized on the balance sheet. The contract or notional amounts or those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
 
In the event of nonperformance by the other party, the Company’s exposure to credit loss on these financial instruments is represented by the contract or notional amount of the instrument. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for instruments recorded on the balance sheet. The amount and nature of collateral obtained, if any, is based on management’s credit evaluation.
 
The following is a summary of such contractual commitments:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Financial instruments whose contract
amounts represent credit risk:
               
Commitments to extend credit
               
Fixed rate
  $ 2,125     $ 3,102  
Variable rate
    36,576       44,422  
Standby letters of credit
    1,179       1,810  
 
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Generally these financial arrangements have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation of the counterparty. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.
 
The Company’s subsidiary bank also offers limited overdraft protection as a non-contractual courtesy which is available to businesses as well as individually/jointly owned accounts in good standing for personal or household use. The Company reserves the right to discontinue this service without prior notice. The available amount of overdraft protection on depositors’ accounts at December 31, 2007, totaled $11,698,000. The total average daily balance of overdrafts used in 2007 was $153,000, or less than 2% of the total aggregate overdraft protection available to depositors.

 
24
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 10 - BENEFIT PLANS
 
The Bank has a contributory defined contribution retirement plan (a 401(k) plan) which covers substantially all employees. Total expense under the plan was $244,000 for 2007, $229,000 for 2006 and $224,000 for 2005. The Bank matches participants’ voluntary contributions up to 5% of gross pay. Participants may make voluntary contributions to the plan up to a maximum of $15,500 with an additional $5,000 catchup deferral for plan participants over the age of 50. The Bank makes monthly contributions to this plan equal to amounts accrued for plan expense.
 
The Bank and Bancorp provide supplemental retirement benefit plans for the benefit of certain officers and non officer directors. The plan for officers is designed to provide post-retirement benefits to supplement other sources of retirement income such as social security and 401(k) benefits. The benefits will be paid for a period of 15 years after retirement. The amount of each officer’s benefit is determined by their salary at retirement as well as their other sources of retirement income. Director Retirement Agreements provide for a benefit of $10,000 annually on or after the director reaches normal retirement age, which is based on a combination of age and years of service. Director retirement benefits are paid over a period of 10 years following retirement. The Bank and Bancorp accrue the cost of these post-retirement benefits during the working careers of the officers and directors. At December 31, 2007, the cumulative expense accrued for these benefits totaled $1,689,000, with $1,386,000 accrued for the officers’ plan and $303,000 for the directors’ plan.
 
The following table reconciles the accumulated liability for the benefit obligation of these agreements:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                 
    Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Beginning balance
  $ 1,484     $ 1,283  
Benefit expense
    275       263  
Benefit payments
    (70 )     (62 )
                 
Ending balance
  $ 1,689     $ 1,484  
                 
 
Supplemental executive retirement agreements are unfunded plans and have no plan assets. The benefit obligation represents the vested net present value of future payments to individuals under the agreements. The benefit expense, as specified in the agreements for the entire year 2007, is expected to be under $300,000. The benefits expected to be paid in the next year is $70,000.
 
The Bank has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the participants in the supplemental retirement benefit plan and has named the Bank as the beneficiary. Similarly, the Bancorp has purchased insurance contracts on the lives of the directors with the Bancorp as beneficiary. While no direct linkage exists between the supplemental retirement benefit plan and the life insurance contracts, it is management’s current intent that the revenue from the insurance contracts be used as a funding source for the plan. At December 31, 2007, the cumulative income accrued on these contracts totaled $2,542,000 on a tax equivalent basis, with $1,750,000 accrued on the officers’ contracts and $792,000 on the directors’ contracts.
 
In accordance with the Emerging Issues Task Force issue 06-04 “Accounting for Deferred Compensation and Postretirement Benefit Aspects of Endorsement Split-Dollar Life Insurance Arrangements” the Bank and the Bancorp will begin to accrue for the monthly benefit expense of postretirement cost of insurance for split-dollar life insurance coverage. The accrual for the year ended December 31, 2008 is expected to be under $50,000. Also,

 
25
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 10 - BENEFIT PLANS (Continued)
 
as of January 1, 2008, the Bank and Bancorp will record the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle for recognizing a liability for the death benefit promised under a split-dollar life insurance arrangement. The total liability will be $539,000 with the offset to retained earnings.
 
NOTE 11 - FEDERAL INCOME TAXES
 
The composition of income tax expense is as follows:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Current
  $ 922     $ 1,133     $ 907  
Deferred
    189       (205 )     50  
                         
Total
  $ 1,111     $ 928     $ 957  
                         
 
The following is a summary of net deferred taxes included in other assets:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
 
Gross deferred tax assets:
                       
Provision for loan and other real estate losses
  $ 227     $ 428     $ 413  
AMT credit*
            47       29  
Other items
    776       764       641  
Loan origination cost - net
    141       103       28  
Unrealized loss (gain) on available for sale securities
    49       235       452  
Gross deferred tax liabilities:
                       
Depreciation
    (330 )     (350 )     (387 )
Other items
    (572 )     (561 )     (498 )
                         
Net deferred tax asset (liability)
  $ 291     $ 666     $ 678  
                         
 
Represents the Company’s cumulative alternative minimum tax credit which was used in 2007.
 
The following is a reconciliation between tax expense using the statutory tax rate of 34% and the income tax provision:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
Statutory tax
  $ 1,857     $ 1,871     $ 1,798  
Tax effect of non-taxable income
    (846 )     (909 )     (921 )
Tax effect of non-deductible expense
    100       111       80  
Tax effect of change in estimate*
            (145 )        
                         
Total income taxes
  $ 1,111     $ 928     $ 957  
                         
 
A one time adjustment to tax accrual estimate was recorded in the first quarter of 2006.
 
The related income tax expense on investment securities gains and losses amounted to $26,000 for 2007, $6,000 for 2006 and $105,000 for 2005, and is included in the total federal income tax provision.

 
26
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 12 - FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
 
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                                 
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    Carrying
    Estimated
    Carrying
    Estimated
 
    Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
 
ASSETS:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 9,441     $ 9,441     $ 10,100     $ 10,100  
Federal Funds sold
                    4,275       4,275  
Investment securities
    238,766       239,594       233,792       232,620  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses
    221,488       220,692       202,997       201,269  
LIABILITIES:
                               
Demand and savings deposits
  $ 175,406     $ 175,406     $ 186,821     $ 186,821  
Time deposits
    189,382       190,656       168,997       169,113  
FHLB advances
    64,000       64,952       55,000       54,917  
Other borrowings
    6,413       6,413       7,015       7,015  
Subordinated Debt
    5,155       5,155                  
 
For purposes of the above disclosures of estimated fair value, the following assumptions were used as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. The estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents is considered to approximate cost. The estimated fair value for securities is based on quoted market values for individual securities or for equivalent securities when specific quoted prices are not available. Carrying value is considered to approximate fair value for loans, FHLB advances and other borrowings that reprice frequently and for deposit liabilities subject to immediate withdrawal. The fair values of loans, FHLB advances and other borrowings and time deposits that reprice less frequently are approximated by a discount rate valuation technique utilizing estimated market interest rates as of December 31, 2007 and 2006. The fair value of unrecorded commitments at December 31, 2007 and 2006, is not material.
 
In addition, other assets and liabilities of the Company that are not defined as financial instruments are not included in the above disclosures, such as property and equipment. Also, non-financial instruments typically not recognized in financial statements nevertheless may have value but are not included in the above disclosures. These include, among other items, the estimated earning power of core deposit accounts, the trained work force, customer goodwill and similar items. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of the Company.
 
NOTE 13 - REGULATORY MATTERS
 
The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

 
27
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 13 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain: (1) a minimum ratio of 4% both for total Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets and for Tier I risk-based capital to average assets, and (2) a minimum ratio of 8% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets.
 
Under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company is categorized as well capitalized, which requires minimum capital ratios of 10% for total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets, 6% for Tier I risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets, and 5% for Tier I risk-based capital to average assets (also known as the leverage ratio). There are no conditions or events since the most recent communication from regulators that management believes would change the Company’s capital classification.
 
                                 
    (Amounts in thousands)
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Amount
   
Ratio
 
 
Total Risk-Based Capital
  $ 55,455             $ 53,151          
Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets
            19.18 %             19.93 %
Tier I Risk-Based Capital
  $ 53,820             $ 50,913          
Ratio to Risk-Weighted Assets
            18.62 %             19.09 %
Ratio to Average Assets
            10.99 %             11.04 %
 
Tier I risk-based capital is shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests less intangibles and the unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available for sale. Total risk-based capital is Tier I risk-based capital plus the qualifying portion of the allowance for loan losses. Assets and certain off balance sheet items adjusted in accordance with risk classification comprise risk-weighted assets of $289,081,000 and $266,686,000 as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Assets less intangibles and the net unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available for sale averaged $489,443,000 and $461,215,000 for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
NOTE 14 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
Certain directors, executive officers and companies with which they are affiliated were loan customers during 2007. The following is an analysis of such loans:
 
(Amounts in thousands)
 
         
Total related-party loans at December 31, 2006
  $ 1,648  
New related-party loans
    858  
Repayments or other
    121  
         
Total related-party loans at December 31, 2007
  $ 2,385  
         

 
28
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 15 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Below is condensed financial information of Cortland Bancorp (parent company only). In this information, the parent’s investment in subsidiaries is stated at cost, including equity in the undistributed earnings of the subsidiaries since inception, adjusted for any unrealized gains or losses on available for sale securities.
 
BALANCE SHEETS
 
(Amounts in thousands)
                 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006  
 
Assets:
               
Cash
  $ 2,293     $ 2,949  
Investment securities available for sale
    650       684  
Investment in bank subsidiary
    42,500       44,638  
Investment in non-bank subsidiary
    15       15  
Subordinated note from subsidiary bank
    6,000          
Other assets
    2,837       2,507  
                 
    $ 54,295     $ 50,793  
                 
Liabilities:
               
Other liabilities
  $ 316     $ 201  
Subordinated debt
    5,155          
                 
Shareholders’ equity:
               
Common stock (Note 1)
    23,200       22,972  
Additional paid-in capital (Note 1)
    20,976       20,835  
Retained earnings
    9,386       9,553  
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    (94 )     (455 )
Treasury stock
    (4,644 )     (2,313 )
                 
Total shareholders’ equity
    48,824       50,592  
                 
    $ 54,295     $ 50,793  
                 
 
STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 
(Amounts in thousands)
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
Dividends from bank subsidiary
  $ 7,000     $ 2,800     $ 3,500  
Interest and dividend income
    51       46       56  
Other income
    110       89       70  
Interest on subordinated debt
    (154 )                
Other expenses
    (257 )     (283 )     (270 )
                         
Income before income tax and equity in
undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    6,750       2,652       3,356  
Income tax benefit (expense)
    120       78       72  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    (2,520 )     1,846       906  
                         
Net income
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334  
                         

 
29
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 15 - CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (Continued)
 
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Amounts in thousands)
                         
    Years ended December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005  
                         
                         
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
                       
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    2,520       (1,846 )     (906 )
Accretion on securities
    2       2       3  
Deferred tax benefit
    (12 )     (13 )     (7 )
Change in other assets and liabilities
    (192 )     (141 )     (148 )
                         
Net cash flows from operating activities
    6,668       2,578       3,276  
                         
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Purchases of investment securities available for sale
                    (356 )
Purchases of investment securities held to maturity
                       
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
                       
Proceeds from call, maturity and principal payments
on securities
                    450  
Purchase of subordinated note from subsidiary bank
    (6,000 )                
                         
Net cash flows from investing activities
    (6,000 )             94  
                         
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from subordinated debt
    5,155                  
Dividends paid
    (3,899 )     (3,870 )     (4,637 )
Net treasury shares (repurchased) reissued
    (2,580 )     1,139       1,168  
                         
Net cash flows from financing activities
    (1,324 )     (2,731 )     (3,469 )
                         
Net change in cash
    (656 )     (153 )     (99 )
Cash
                       
Beginning of year
    2,949       3,102       3,201  
                         
End of year
  $ 2,293     $ 2,949     $ 3,102  
                         
 
NOTE 16 - DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
 
The Bank is subject to regulations of the Ohio Division of Banks which restrict dividends to retained earnings (as defined by statute) of the current and prior two years. Under this restriction, at December 31, 2007, approximately $232,000 is available for the payment of dividends by the Bank without seeking prior regulatory approval. In addition, regulations specify that dividend payments may not reduce capital levels below minimum regulatory guidelines.
 
NOTE 17 - LITIGATION
 
The Bank is involved in legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, the outcomes from these other matters, either individually or in the aggregate, are not expected to have any material effect on the Company.

 
30
 

 
 
 
(Continued)


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005
 
NOTE 18 - STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
 
On February 27, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a Stock Repurchase Program which permitted the Company to repurchase up to 100,000 shares of its outstanding common shares in the over-the-counter market or in privately negotiated transactions in accordance with applicable regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based on the value of the Company’s stock on February 27, 2007, the commitment to repurchase the stock over the program was approximately $1,715,000. Subsequently, on August 14, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to an additional 100,000 shares of its outstanding common shares in over-the-counter market or in privately negotiated transactions. Based on the value of the Company’s stock on August 14, 2007, the commitment to repurchase these additional shares over the program was approximately $1,635,000. Once again, on November 27, 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors increased to 300,000 shares the size of its current stock buyback program by authorizing the repurchase of up to an additional 100,000 of its outstanding common shares in the over-the-counter market or in privately negotiated transactions. Based on the value of the Company’s stock on November 27, 2007, the commitment to repurchase these additional shares over the program was approximately $1,375,000. The repurchase program will terminate on February 28, 2009 or upon the purchase of 300,000 shares, if earlier. Repurchased shares are designated as treasury shares, available for general corporate purposes, including possible use in connection with the Company’s dividend reinvestment program, employee benefit plans, acquisitions or other distributions. Under the program the Company has repurchased 205,986 shares. The Company has also reissued 53,670 shares to existing shareholders through its dividend reinvestment program during 2007, net of repurchased fractional shares. The 1% common stock dividend paid January 1, 2008 increased treasury shares by an additional 2,420 shares. Based on the price of the Company’s stock at December 31, 2007, the remaining commitment to repurchase the 94,014 remaining shares of stock was approximately $1,170,000.
 
 
The following table shows information relating to the repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock during 2007:
 
                                 
                Total Number
    Maximum
 
                of Shares
    Number
 
                Purchased as
    of Shares
 
                Part of Publicly
    That May Yet Be
 
    Total Number
    Average
    Announced
    Purchased Under
 
    of Shares
    Price Paid
    Plans or
    the Plans or
 
    Purchased     Per Share     Programs     Programs  
 
October
    22,000     $ 15.40       22,000       25,857  
November
    25,843       15.12       25,843       100,014  
December
    6,000       15.00       6,000       94,014  
                                 
Fourth Quarter
    53,843     $ 15.22       53,843       94,014  
                                 
Third Quarter
    66,929     $ 16.90       66,929       47,857  
                                 
Second Quarter
    85,214     $ 18.47       85,214       14,786  
                                 
First Quarter
    NONE       NONE       NONE       NONE  
                                 
TOTAL
    205,986     $ 17.11       205,986       94,014  
                                 

 
31
 

 
 
 


 

 



FIVE YEAR SUMMARY
AVERAGE BALANCE SHEET, YIELDS AND RATES
 
The following schedules show average balances of interest-earning and non interest-earning assets and liabilities, and Shareholders’ equity for the years indicated. Also shown are the related amounts of interest earned or paid and the related average yields or interest rates paid for the years indicated. The averages are based on daily balances.
 
(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars)
 
                                                         
    2007           2006  
    Average
    Interest
    Yield
          Average
    Interest
    Yield
 
    Balance
    Earned
    or
          Balance
    Earned
    or
 
   
Outstanding
   
or Paid
   
Rate
         
Outstanding
   
or Paid
   
Rate
 
Interest-earning assets:
                                                       
Federal funds sold and other money markets
  $ 6,950     $ 366       5.3 %           $ 4,228     $ 215       5.1 %
Investment securities:
                                                       
U.S. Treasury and other U.S.
Government agencies and corporations
    87,867       4,772       5.4 %             83,615       4,257       5.1 %
U.S. Government mortgage-backed
pass through certificates
    80,689       4,008       5.0 %             79,317       3,795       4.8 %
States of the U.S. and political
subdivisions (Note 1, 2, 3)
    37,488       2,633       7.0 %             42,409       2,995       7.1 %
Other securities
    32,860       2,251       6.9 %             29,628       1,888       6.4 %
                                                         
TOTAL INVESTMENT SECURITIES
    238,904       13,664       5.7 %             234,969       12,935       5.5 %
Loans (Note 2, 3, 4)
    215,496       15,856       7.4 %             195,838       14,381       7.4 %
Trading account securities
                                                       
                                                         
TOTAL INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
    461,350     $ 29,886       6.5 %             435,035     $ 27,531       6.3 %
                                                         
Non interest-earning assets:
                                                       
Cash and due from banks
    8,220                               8,733                  
Premises and equipment
    5,374                               4,226                  
Other
    14,103                               12,365                  
                                                         
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 489,047                             $ 460,359                  
                                                         
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Deposits:
                                                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 46,508     $ 888       1.9 %           $ 47,415     $ 752       1.6 %
Savings
    78,072       799       1.0 %             82,845       850       1.0 %
Time
    184,586       8,769       4.8 %             161,050       6,907       4.3 %
                                                         
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING DEPOSITS
    309,166       10,456       3.4 %             291,310       8,509       2.9 %
                                                         
Borrowings:
                                                       
Federal funds purchased
    605       29       4.8 %             478       25       5.3 %
Securities sold under agreement to repurchase
    5,764       243       4.2 %             3,991       158       4.0 %
Subordinated debt
    2,175       154       7.1 %                                
Other borrowings under one year
    13,963       715       5.1 %             7,924       365       4.6 %
Other borrowings over one year
    45,843       2,388       5.2 %             46,858       2,525       5.4 %
                                                         
TOTAL BORROWINGS
    68,350       3,529       5.2 %             59,251       3,073       5.2 %
                                                         
TOTAL INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
    377,516     $ 13,985       3.7 %             350,561     $ 11,582       3.3 %
                                                         
Non interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
Demand deposits
    57,668                               57,271                  
Other liabilities
    3,775                               3,214                  
Shareholders equity
    50,088                               49,313                  
                                                         
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
  $ 489,047                             $ 460,359                  
                                                         
Net interest income
          $ 15,901                             $ 15,949          
                                                         
Net interest rate spread (Note 5)
                    2.8 %                             3.0 %
                                                         
Net interest margin (Note 6)
                    3.5 %                             3.7 %
                                                         
 
Note 1 –  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities.
 
Note 2 –  The amounts are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis using the statutory tax rate of 34% in 2007, 2006, 2005, 2004 and 2003, and have been adjusted to reflect the effect of disallowed interest expense related to carrying tax exempt assets. Tax-free income from states of the U.S. and political subdivisions, and loans amounted to $1,809 and $155 for 2007, $2,045 and $192 for 2006, $2,156 and $209 for 2005, $2,545 and $193 for 2004 and $2,466 and $214 for 2003, respectively.
 
Note 3 –  Average balance outstanding includes the average amount outstanding of all nonaccrual investment securities and loans. States and political subdivisions consist of average total principal adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount less average allowance for estimated losses, and include both taxable and tax exempt securities. Loans consist of average total loans less average unearned income.

 
32
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO


 
 
(Fully taxable equivalent basis in thousands of dollars)
 
                                                                                         
    2005           2004           2003  
    Average
    Interest
    Yield
          Average
    Interest
    Yield
          Average
    Interest
    Yield
 
    Balance
    Earned
    or
          Balance
    Earned
    or
          Balance
    Earned
    or
 
   
Outstanding
   
or Paid
   
Rate
         
Outstanding
   
or Paid
   
Rate
         
Outstanding
   
or Paid
   
Rate
 
                                                                                         
    $ 3,619     $ 119       3.3%             $ 5,623     $ 83       1.5%             $ 10,338     $ 118       1.1%  
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
      67,402       3,259       4.8%               62,418       2,920       4.7%               52,587       2,640       5.0%  
                                                                                         
      84,928       3,810       4.5%               85,357       3,634       4.3%               89,652       4,009       4.5%  
                                                                                         
      44,756       3,184       7.1%               53,832       3,764       7.0%               51,363       3,649       7.1%  
      24,758       1,294       5.2%               14,953       716       4.8%               10,997       559       5.1%  
                                                                                         
      221,844       11,547       5.2%               216,560       11,034       5.1%               204,599       10,857       5.3%  
      192,873       13,040       6.8%               193,927       12,474       6.4%               191,392       13,141       6.9%  
                                                                      1,190       68       5.7%  
                                                                                         
      418,336     $ 24,706       5.9%               416,110     $ 23,591       5.7%               407,519     $ 24,184       5.9%  
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
      9,417                               9,276                               10,140                  
      4,316                               4,637                               5,119                  
      12,418                               14,252                               13,461                  
                                                                                         
    $ 444,487                             $ 444,275                             $ 436,239                  
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
    $ 49,355     $ 389       0.8%             $ 48,945     $ 263       0.5%             $ 50,714     $ 249       0.5%  
      89,107       647       0.7%               90,584       501       0.6%               88,953       540       0.6%  
      144,793       5,123       3.5%               147,662       5,023       3.4%               139,568       5,030       3.6%  
                                                                                         
      283,255       6,159       2.2%               287,191       5,787       2.0%               279,235       5,819       2.1%  
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
      428       15       3.5%               289       4       1.4%               57       1       1.8%  
      2,540       59       2.3%               2,698       26       1.0%               1,999       17       0.9%  
                                                                                         
      599       21       3.5%               2,781       37       1.3%               3,671       160       4.4%  
      46,365       2,411       5.2%               40,325       2,156       5.3%               39,178       2,135       5.4%  
                                                                                         
      49,932       2,506       5.0%               46,093       2,223       4.8%               44,905       2,313       5.2%  
                                                                                         
      333,187     $ 8,665       2.6%               333,284     $ 8,010       2.4%               324,140     $ 8,132       2.5%  
                                                                                         
                                                                                         
      58,320                               56,778                               55,898                  
      3,315                               4,385                               4,394                  
      49,665                               49,828                               51,807                  
                                                                                         
    $ 444,487                             $ 444,275                             $ 436,239                  
                                                                                         
            $ 16,041                             $ 15,581                             $ 16,052          
                                                                                         
                      3.3%                               3.3%                               3.4%  
                                                                                         
                      3.8%                               3.7%                               3.9%  
                                                                                         
 
Note 4 – Interest earned on loans includes net loan fees of $219 in 2007, $291 in 2006, $242 in 2005, $203 in 2004 and $241 in 2003.
 
Note 5 – Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.
 
Note 6 – Net interest margin is calculated by dividing the difference between total interest earned and total interest expensed by total interest-earning assets.

 
33
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
(In thousands of dollars, except for ratios and per share amounts)
 
                                         
    Years Ended December 31,  
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Total Interest Income
  $ 28,992     $ 26,497     $ 23,586     $ 22,288     $ 22,907  
Total Interest Expense
    13,985       11,582       8,665       8,010       8,132  
                                         
NET INTEREST INCOME (NII)
    15,007       14,915       14,921       14,278       14,775  
Provision for Loan Losses
    40       225       545       415       240  
                                         
NII After Loss Provision
    14,967       14,690       14,376       13,863       14,535  
Security Gains (losses)
    77       18       308       1,052       946  
Gain on Sale of Loans
    88       106       89       54       470  
Total Other Income
    2,924       2,711       2,718       2,725       2,433  
                                         
INCOME BEFORE EXPENSE
    18,056       17,525       17,491       17,694       18,384  
Total Other Expenses
    12,595       12,021       12,200       11,861       11,529  
                                         
INCOME BEFORE TAX
    5,461       5,504       5,291       5,833       6,855  
Federal Income Tax
    1,111       928       957       990       1,371  
                                         
NET INCOME
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
                                         
                                         
BALANCE SHEET DATA
                                       
                                 
                                         
Assets
  $ 492,694     $ 471,751     $ 459,701     $ 446,393     $ 438,392  
Investments
    238,622       233,103       234,652       225,841       222,775  
Total Loans
    223,109       205,208       188,202       191,777       189,262  
Allowance for Loan losses
    1,621       2,211       2,168       2,629       2,408  
Deposits
    364,788       355,818       350,375       344,919       337,556  
Borrowings
    70,413       62,015       58,111       47,889       47,886  
Subordinated Debt
    5,155                                  
Shareholders’ Equity
    48,824       50,592       48,325       49,398       49,881  
                                         
AVERAGE BALANCES
                                       
Assets
  $ 489,047     $ 460,359     $ 444,487     $ 444,275     $ 436,239  
Investments
    238,904       234,969       221,844       216,560       204,599  
Net Loans
    213,568       193,648       190,329       191,428       188,360  
Deposits
    366,834       348,581       341,575       343,969       335,133  
Subordinated Debt
    2,175                                  
Borrowings
    66,175       59,251       49,932       46,093       44,905  
Shareholders’ Equity
    50,088       49,313       49,665       49,828       51,807  
                                         
PER COMMON SHARE DATA (1)
                                       
Net Income, both Basic and Diluted
  $ 0.97     $ 1.01     $ 0.97     $ 1.10     $ 1.23  
Cash Dividends Declared
    0.87       0.85       1.04       1.01       0.98  
Book Value
    11.12       11.14       10.78       11.17       11.31  
                                         
ASSET QUALITY RATIOS
                                       
Loans 30 days or more beyond their contractual due date as a percent of total loans
    1.32 %     2.26 %     2.95 %     2.45 %     1.77 %
Underperforming Assets as a
Percentage of:
                                       
Total Assets
    0.63       0.84       0.83       0.76       0.70  
Equity plus Allowance for Loan Losses
    6.17       7.50       7.58       6.52       5.84  
Tier I Capital
    6.38       7.78       7.81       7.05       6.44  
                                         
FINANCIAL RATIOS
                                       
Return on Average Equity
    8.68 %     9.28 %     8.73 %     9.72 %     10.59 %
Return on Average Assets
    0.89       0.99       0.98       1.09       1.26  
Effective Tax Rate
    20.34       16.86       18.09       16.97       20.00  
Average Equity to Average Assets
    10.24       10.71       11.17       11.22       11.88  
Equity to Asset Ratio
    9.91       10.72       10.51       11.07       11.38  
Tangible Equity to Tangible Asset Ratio
    9.89       10.70       10.48       11.02       11.33  
Cash Dividend Payout Ratio
    89.69       84.31       107.00       91.45       79.85  
Net Interest Margin Ratio
    3.45       3.67       3.83       3.74       3.94  
 
(1) Basic and diluted earnings per common share are based on weighted average shares outstanding adjusted retroactively for stock dividends. Cash dividends per common share are based on actual cash dividends declared, adjusted retroactively for the stock dividends. Book value per common share is based on shares outstanding at each period, adjusted retroactively for the stock dividends.

 
34
 

 
 
 


 




CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
 
FINANCIAL REVIEW
 
The following is management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition and results of operations of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”). The discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes and summary financial information included elsewhere in this annual report.
 
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements. In addition to historical information, certain information included in this discussion and other material filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) may contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The words “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” or similar terminology identify forward-looking statements. These statements reflect management’s beliefs and assumptions, and are based on information currently available to management.
 
Economic circumstances, the Company’s operations and actual results could differ significantly from those discussed in any forward-looking statements. Some of the factors that could cause or contribute to such differences are changes in the economy and interest rates either nationally or in the Company’s market area; changes in customer preferences and consumer behavior; increased competitive pressures or changes in either the nature or composition of competitors; changes in the legal and regulatory environment; changes in factors influencing liquidity such as expectations regarding the rate of inflation or deflation, currency exchange rates, and other factors influencing market volatility; unforeseen risks associated with other global economic, political and financial factors.
 
While actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements, the Company undertakes no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statement for any reason, even if new information becomes available.
 
CERTAIN NON GAAP MEASURES
 
Certain financial information has been determined by methods other than Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP). Specifically, certain financial measures are based on core earnings rather than net income. Core earnings exclude income, expense, gains and losses that either are not reflective of ongoing operations or that are not expected to reoccur with any regularity or reoccur with a high degree of uncertainty and volatility. Such information may be useful to both investors and management, and can aid them in understanding the Company’s current performance trends and financial condition. Core earnings are a supplemental tool for analysis and not a substitute for GAAP net income. Reconciliation from GAAP net income to the non GAAP measure of core earnings is shown as part of management’s discussion and analysis of quarterly and year-to-date financial results of operations.
 
OVERVIEW and OUTLOOK
 
Net income for 2007 was $4,350. The performance represented a decrease of $226 from the $4,576 earned in 2006. Earnings per share measured $0.97, down $0.04 or 4.0% from $1.01 in 2006.
 
Core earnings, which exclude the net gains on loans sold and investment securities either sold or called, loss on other real estate, and certain other non recurring items, were $4.244 million in 2007, compared to the $4.382 million earned in 2006. Core earnings per share were $0.94 in 2007 and $0.97 in 2006, down $0.03 or 3.0%.

 
35
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP earnings):
 
                                         
    Years Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
                                         
GAAP earnings
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
Investment security gains
    (77 )     (18 )     (308 )     (1,052 )     (946 )
Gain on sale of loans
    (88 )     (106 )     (89 )     (54 )     (470 )
Other real estate loss
    1       47       3       171          
Other non-recurring items*
    4       (142 )     243       19       43  
Tax effect of adjustments
    54       25       51       311       467  
                                         
Core earnings
  $ 4,244     $ 4,382     $ 4,234     $ 4,238     $ 4,578  
                                         
 
Includes a one-time change in tax accrual estimate made in the first quarter of 2006, and a one-time cash bonus declared in the third quarter of 2005 paid to the retiring C.E.O.
 
The Company’s net interest margin continues to be affected by a sustained flattening and subsequent inversion of the yield curve as represented by the difference between long and short term interest rates. The Company’s net interest margin, on a fully taxable equivalent basis, decreased by $48 from the preceding year, with the net interest margin ratio declining from 3.67% to 3.45%.
 
Financial results also reflect an increase in expenses associated with the Company’s strategic growth plans. These expenses include costs for professional consulting, information system software licensing and maintenance, personnel and educational training program for the Company’s employees. While these strategic outlays can be expected to contribute to performance over the long term, they represent a drag on current period profitability.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the ratio of equity capital to total assets remained well above regulatory minimums at 9.91%, down from 10.72% a year ago. Risk-based capital measured 19.18% compared to 19.93% at December 31, 2006. All capital ratios continue to register well in excess of required regulatory minimums.
 
Return on average equity was 8.68% in 2007 compared to 9.28% in 2006, while the year-over-year return on average assets measured 0.89% compared to 0.99% in 2006. Book value per share decreased by $0.02 to $11.12. The price of the Company’s common stock traded in a range between a low of $11.20 and a high of $19.06, closing the year at $12.05 per share. Although a special cash dividend was not paid in 2007 or 2006, as it had been in prior years, the Company’s dividend payout remained aggressive as 89.7% of 2007 earnings were paid as cash dividends compared to 84.3% in the prior year. Dividends per share were $0.87 compared to $0.85 per share in 2006.
 
The Company is committed to an on-going investment in technology, assuring an infrastructure that effectively delivers to consumers and small-to-medium-sized business owners leading edge financial products and services. The Company’s integrated approach to technology includes internet banking services; an Integrated Voice Response system that provides customers with remote access to banking services; platform products that enhance both productivity and customer service; and check and document-imaging products, which further capitalize on the Company’s Internet banking cash management initiative. Technology is a core ingredient for the Company, enabling it to extend services to customers beyond geographic boundaries, while increasing employee productivity. These flexible and robust product solutions also offer customers capabilities which enable them to streamline their own operations and to bank around the clock.
 
The Company’s Internet based banking solution, NetTeller, delivers interactive information by providing customers the following capabilities: access to account information, statement information and check imaging; on-line bill payment and electronic loan payments; and the ability to remotely transfer money between accounts and to initiate wire transfers and ACH transactions. Consumers, retail and commercial customers, alike, are offered such services 24 hours a day, 365 days a year with a high level of functionality, security and ease of operation.

 
36
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
To accommodate growing demand, while preserving responsive and personalized service, a customer relationship management (CRM) platform was installed in late 2007. Selected was an internet-based “relationship management” solution, enabling personnel to better match customer needs with products and services, facilitate opportunities to extend or increase credit for business-related accounts, monitor financial covenants, and process applications and underwrite credit in an efficient manner.
 
As an internet-based solution, an account officer can access account information (including property appraisals, notes and loan documents, insurance policies and account history) at any location having internet capability. This affords the account officer great flexibility in meeting with customers: from branch office, to place of business or even internet cafe. The Bank’s core processing systems update the CRM daily, so when officer and customer meet account information is always the most currently available.
 
Remote Merchant Capture is another of the Bank’s strategic infrastructure investments. During 2007 a pilot program was developed, with plans for broad-scale introduction in the second quarter of 2008. Merchant capture is a relatively new technology enabling Bank customers to scan checks and remit deposits electronically. This technology will be particularly beneficial to commercial customers, providing both operational efficiency and convenience, especially for those who lack a Cortland Banks’ facility in close proximity. Cortland Banks uses this same technology for its own account, transmitting and receiving all Federal Reserve items electronically. During 2007, Cortland Banks converted all branches to electronic delivery, eliminating the need to physically transport paper checks.
 
During 2007, the Company completed construction and opened a new 2,500 square foot full service office, located at the intersection of Maple Grove Road and East Center Street, in the village of Windham.
 
This spring a fourteenth office will open in Middlefield, Ohio. The Brookfield office will relocate to a newly-built facility early this summer just across the street from its current location. The Bank will also relocate an office to North Lima, Ohio by early fall.
 
BALANCE SHEET COMPOSITION
 
The following table illustrates, during the years presented, the mix of the Company’s funding sources and the assets in which those funds are invested as a percentage of the Company’s average total assets for the period indicated. Average assets totaled $489,047 in 2007 compared to $460,359 in 2006 and $444,487 in 2005.
 
                                         
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
   
2003
 
Sources of Funds:
                                       
Deposits:
                                       
Non-interest-bearing
    11.8 %     12.4 %     13.1 %     12.8 %     12.8 %
Interest-bearing
    63.2       63.3       63.7       64.6       64.0  
Federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements
    1.3       1.0       0.7       0.7       0.5  
Long-term debt and other borrowings
    12.2       11.9       10.6       9.7       9.8  
Subordinated debt
    0.5                                  
Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
    0.8       0.7       0.7       1.0       1.0  
Equity capital
    10.2       10.7       11.2       11.2       11.9  
                                         
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                         
Uses of Funds:
                                       
Loans
    44.1 %     42.6 %     43.4 %     43.7 %     43.9 %
Securities
    48.9       51.0       49.9       48.7       47.1  
Federal funds sold, and other money market instruments
    1.4       0.9       0.8       1.3       2.4  
Bank owned life insurance
    2.4       2.5       2.5       2.3       1.9  
Other non-interest-earning assets
    3.2       3.0       3.4       4.0       4.7  
                                         
Total
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
                                         
 
Deposits continue to be the Company’s primary source of funding. During 2007, the relative mix of deposits has remained steady with interest-bearing being the main source. Average non-interest bearing deposits totaled 15.7% of total average deposits in 2007 compared to 16.4% in 2006 and 17.1% in 2005. (Also see section captioned “Deposits” included elsewhere in this discussion.)
 
The Company primarily invests funds in loans and securities. Securities have been the largest

 
37
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
component of the Company’s mix of invested assets. During 2007 average securities increased by $3,935 or 1.7%, while average loans increased by $19,658 or 10.0%.
 
The Company has also purchased bank owned life insurance policies on the lives of directors, certain employees and key members of management in conjunction with the Company’s benefit plans. The average balance increased from $11,145 in 2005 to $12,024 in 2007, reflecting the purchase of additional policies and the buildup of cash surrender value. (See additional information regarding the Company’s loan and securities portfolio in the sections captioned “Loan Portfolio” and “Investment Securities” included elsewhere in this discussion.)
 
ASSET QUALITY
 
The Company’s management regularly monitors and evaluates trends and developments in asset quality. Loan review systems require detailed monthly analysis of delinquencies, nonperforming assets and other sensitive credits. Mortgage, commercial and consumer loans are moved to nonaccrual status once they reach 90 days past due or when analysis of a borrower’s creditworthiness indicates the collection of interest and principal is in doubt.
 
Additionally, as part of the Company’s loan review process, management routinely evaluates risks which could potentially affect the ability to collect loan balances in their entirety. Reviews of individual credits as well as any concentration of credits in particular industries are subject to a detailed loan review.
 
In addition to nonperforming loans, total nonperforming assets include nonperforming investment securities and real estate acquired in satisfaction of debts previously contracted. Total underperforming assets add to this amount loans which have been restructured to provide for a reduction of interest or principal because of a deterioration in the financial condition of the borrower. Also included as underperforming assets are loans which are more than 89 days past due that continue to accrue interest income. The following table depicts the trend in these potentially problematic asset categories.
 
                                         
   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
 
2003
Nonaccrual loans:
                                       
1-4 residential mortgages
  $ 499     $ 887     $ 719     $ 661     $ 529  
Commercial mortgages
    1,572       2,497       2,472       2,734       1,538  
Commercial loans
    146       188       210                  
Consumer loans
    17       129       41                  
Home equity loans
    51       222       304                  
Total Nonaccrual Loans
    2,285       3,923       3,746       3,395       2,067  
Other real estate owned
    282       35       82               986  
Nonperforming Assets
    2,567       3,958       3,828       3,395       3,053  
Restructured loans
    546                                  
Underperforming Assets
  $ 3,113     $ 3,958     $ 3,828     $ 3,395     $ 3,053  
                                         
                                         
 
The following table provides a number of asset quality ratios based on this data. Overall, asset quality reflected the cumulative effects of a general economic weakness evidenced since 2003 in the local area markets where the Company operates, but remained within limits that management considers acceptable.
 
                                         
   
2007
 
2006
 
2005
 
2004
 
2003
Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans
    1.02%       1.91%       1.99%       1.77%       1.09%  
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
    0.52%       0.84%       0.83%       0.76%       0.70%  
Underperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
    0.63%       0.84%       0.83%       0.76%       0.70%  
Underperforming assets as a percentage of equity capital plus allowance for loan losses
    6.17%       7.50%       7.58%       6.52%       5.84%  
                                         
                                         
 
Gross income that would have been recorded in 2007 on these loans, had they been in compliance with their original terms, was $267. Interest income that actually was included in income on these loans amounted to $79.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
  Analysis of Net Interest Income Years Ended December 31, 2007 and 2006
 
Net interest income, the principal source of the Company’s earnings, is the amount by which interest and fees generated by interest-earning assets, primarily loans and investment securities, exceed the interest cost of deposits and borrowed funds. During the recent reporting period the net interest margin ratio registered 3.45% in 2007, 3.67% in 2006, and 3.83% in 2005.
 
The narrowing of the company’s net interest margin ratio can be attributed in part, to the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy efforts directed at containing inflation.

 
38
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
                                                 
    NET INTEREST MARGIN FOR YEAR ENDED  
   
December 31, 2007
    December 31, 2006  
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
 
   
Balance(1)
   
Interest
   
Rate
   
Balance(1)
   
Interest
   
Rate
 
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
                                               
Federal funds sold and other money market funds
  $ 6,950     $ 366       5.3%     $ 4,228     $ 215       5.1%  
Investment securities(1)(2)
    238,904       13,664       5.7%       234,969       12,935       5.5%  
Loans(2)(3)
    215,496       15,856       7.4%       195,838       14,381       7.4%  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 461,350     $ 29,886       6.5%     $ 435,035     $ 27,531       6.3%  
                                                 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 46,508     $ 888       1.9%     $ 47,415     $ 752       1.6%  
Savings
    78,072       799       1.0%       82,845       850       1.0%  
Time
    184,586       8,769       4.8%       161,050       6,907       4.3%  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing deposits
    309,166       10,456       3.4%       291,310       8,509       2.9%  
Federal funds purchased
    605       29       4.8%       478       25       5.3%  
Other borrowings
    65,570       3,346       5.1%       58,773       3,048       5.2%  
Subordinated debt
    2,175       154       7.1%                          
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 377,516     $ 13,985       3.7%     $ 350,561     $ 11,582       3.3%  
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 15,901                     $ 15,949          
                                                 
Net interest rate spread(4)
                    2.8%                       3.0%  
                                                 
Net interest margin(5)
                    3.5%                       3.7%  
                                                 
 
(1)  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities.
 
(2)   Tax exempt interest is shown on a tax equivalent basis for proper comparison using a statutory federal income tax rate of 34%.
 
(3)   Includes loan origination and commitment fees.
 
(4)   Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.
 
(5)  Interest margin is calculated by dividing the difference between total interest earned and total interest expensed by total interest-earning assets.
 
The increase in fully tax equivalent interest income was the product of a 6.0% year-over-year increase in average earning assets and a 14 basis point increase in interest rates earned, while the increase in interest expense was a product of a 7.7% increase in interest-bearing liabilities and a 40 basis point increase in rates paid. The net result was a 0.3% decrease in net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis and a 22 basis point decrease in the net interest margin.
 
Interest and dividend income on securities registered an increase of $851, or 7.1%, during the year ended December 31, 2007 when compared to 2006. On a fully tax equivalent basis, income on investment securities increased by $729, or 5.6%. The average invested balances increased by $3,935 from the levels of a year ago. The increase in the average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 21 basis point increase in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio.
 
Interest and fees on loans increased by $1,475 on a fully tax equivalent basis, or 10.3%, for the twelve months of 2007 compared to 2006. A $19,658 increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 10.0%, was accompanied by no basis point change in the portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. This increase in the average loan portfolio balance is a direct result of strategic initiatives designed to increase the company’s market share.
 
Other interest income increased by $151 from the same period a year ago. The average balance of federal funds sold and other money market funds increased by $2,722, or 64.4%. The yield increased by 18 basis points during 2007 compared to 2006.
 
Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts decreased by $907, and savings decreased by $4,773. The average rate paid on these products increased by 12 basis points in the aggregate. The average balance on time deposit products increased by $23,536, as the average rate paid increased by 46 basis points, from 4.3% to 4.8%.
 
Compared to last year, average borrowings, federal funds purchased and subordinated debt increased by $9,099 while the average rate paid on borrowings decreased by 2 basis points. (See Notes 7 and 8 for information regarding borrowings and subordinated debt.)

 
39
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
  Analysis of Net Interest Income — Years Ended December 31, 2006 and 2005
 
                                                 
    NET INTEREST MARGIN FOR YEAR ENDED  
    December 31, 2006     December 31, 2005  
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
 
   
Balance(1)
   
Interest
   
Rate
   
Balance(1)
   
Interest
   
Rate
 
                                                 
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
                                               
Federal funds sold and other money market funds
  $ 4,228     $ 215       5.1%     $ 3,619     $ 119       3.3%  
Investment securities(1)(2)
    234,969       12,935       5.5%       221,844       11,547       5.2%  
Loans(2)(3)
    195,838       14,381       7.4%       192,873       13,040       6.8%  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 435,035     $ 27,531       6.3%     $ 418,336     $ 24,706       5.9%  
                                                 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 47,415     $ 752       1.6%     $ 49,355     $ 389       0.8%  
Savings
    82,845       850       1.0%       89,107       647       0.7%  
Time
    161,050       6,907       4.3%       144,793       5,123       3.5%  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing deposits
    291,310       8,509       2.9%       283,255       6,159       2.2%  
Federal funds purchased
    478       25       5.3%       428       15       3.5%  
Other borrowings
    58,773       3,048       5.2%       49,504       2,491       5.0%  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 350,561     $ 11,582       3.3%     $ 333,187     $ 8,665       2.6%  
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 15,949                     $ 16,041          
                                                 
Net interest rate spread(4)
                    3.0%                       3.3%  
                                                 
Net interest margin(5)
                    3.7%                       3.8%  
                                                 
 
(1)  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities.
 
(2)   Tax exempt interest is shown on a tax equivalent basis for proper comparison using a statutory federal income tax rate of 34%.
 
(3)   Includes loan origination and commitment fees.
 
(4)   Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.
 
(5)  Interest margin is calculated by dividing the difference between total interest earned and total interest expensed by total interest-earning assets.
 
 
The increase in interest income was the product of a 4.0% year-over-year increase in average earning assets and a 43 basis point increase in interest rates earned, while the increase in interest expense was a product of a 5.2% increase in interest-bearing liabilities and a 70 basis point increase in rates paid. The net result was a 0.6% decrease in net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis and a 16 basis point decrease in the net interest margin.
 
Interest and dividend income on securities registered an increase of $1,465, or 13.9%, during the year ended December 31, 2006 when compared to 2005. On a fully tax equivalent basis, income on investment securities increased by $1,388, or 12.0%. The average invested balances increased by $13,125 from the levels of a year ago. The increase in the average balance of investment securities was accompanied by a 30 basis point increase in the tax equivalent yield of the portfolio.
 
Interest and fees on loans increased by $1,341 on a fully tax equivalent basis, or 10.3%, for the twelve months of 2006 compared to 2005. A $2,965 increase in the average balance of the loan portfolio, or 1.5%, was accompanied by a 60 basis point increase in the portfolio’s tax equivalent yield. Also contributing to the increase in loan income in 2006 was $185 in back interest and loan fees collected on three loans which had been in foreclosure.
 
Other interest income increased by $96 from the same period a year ago. The average balance of federal funds sold and other money market funds increased by $609, or 16.8%. The yield increased by 180 basis points during 2006 compared to 2005.
 
Average interest-bearing demand deposits and money market accounts decreased by $1,940, and savings decreased by $6,262. The average rate paid on these products increased by 48 basis points in the aggregate. The average balance on time deposit products increased by $16,257, as the average rate paid increased by 75 basis points, from 3.5% to 4.3%.
 
Compared to last year, average borrowings and federal funds purchased increased by $9,319 while the average rate paid on borrowings increased by 17 basis points.

 
40
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The following table provides a detailed analysis of changes in net interest income, identifying that portion of the change that is due to a change in the volume of average assets and liabilities outstanding versus that portion which is due to a change in the average yields on earning assets and average rates on interest-bearing liabilities. Changes in interest due to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each.
 
Analysis of Net Interest Income Changes (Taxable Equivalent Basis)
 
                                                         
      2007 Compared to 2006     2006 Compared to 2005    
      Volume   Rate   Total     Volume   Rate   Total    
                                                         
Increase (Decrease) in Interest Income:
                                                       
Federal funds sold and other money markets
    $ 143     $ 8     $ 151       $ 23     $ 73     $ 96      
Investment Securities
                                                       
U.S. Treasury and other U.S.
Government agencies and corporations
      223       292       515         818       180       998      
U.S. Government mortgage-backed
pass-through certificates
      66       147       213         (260 )     245       (15 )    
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
      (346 )     (16 )     (362 )       (166 )     (23 )     (189 )    
Other securities
      215       148       363         281       313       594      
Loans
      1,446       29       1,475         203       1,138       1,341      
 
Total Interest Income Change
      1,747       608       2,355         899       1,926       2,825      
 
                                                         
Increase (Decrease) in Interest Expense:
                                                       
Interest-bearing demand deposits
      (14 )     150       136         (16 )     379       363      
Savings deposits
      (49 )     (2 )     (51 )       (48 )     251       203      
Time deposits
      1,072       790       1,862         617       1,167       1,784      
Federal funds purchased
      6       (2 )     4         2       8       10      
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
      74       11       85         44       55       99      
Other borrowings under one year
      305       45       350         335       9       344      
Other borrowings over one year
      (54 )     (83 )     (137 )       26       88       114      
Subordinated debt
      154               154                                
 
Total Interest Expense Change
      1,494       909       2,403         960       1,957       2,917      
 
Increase (Decrease) in Net Interest Income on a Taxable Equivalent Basis
    $ 253     $ (301 )   $ (48 )     $ (61 )   $ (31 )   $ (92 )    
 

 
41
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
Analysis of Other Income, Other Expense and Federal Income Tax
 
Total other income for 2007 increased $254, or 9.0% compared to a decrease of $280, or 9.0% in 2006. Fees for customer services increased by $68, or 3.0%, compared to a decrease of $15 or 0.7% in the prior year. The increase is primarily due to an increase in service charge income.
 
Loans originated for sale in the secondary market showed gains of $88 in 2007, compared to $106 and $89 in 2006 and 2005, respectively. The early call of held to maturity securities, and transactions involving available for sale securities, combined to produce net gains of $77 in 2007, $18 in 2006 and $308 in 2005.
 
Other real estate losses amounted to $1 in 2007, $47 in 2006 and $3 in 2005. Earnings on bank owned life insurance showed an increase of $88 in 2007 compared to an increase of $92 in 2006. Other non-interest income increased by $11 during 2007 following a $40 decrease in 2006. This income category is subject to fluctuation due to nonrecurring items.
 
Other Income
 
                                         
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Fees for other customer services
  $ 2,307     $ 2,239     $ 2,254     $ 2,327     $ 1,636  
Gain on sale of loans
    88       106       89       54       470  
Other real estate losses
    (1 )     (47 )     (3 )     (171 )        
Gain on sale of trading Securities
                                    265  
Earnings on bank owned life insurance
    521       433       341       444       409  
Other operating income
    97       86       126       125       123  
                                         
      3,012       2,817       2,807       2,779       2,903  
Investment securities net gains
    77       18       308       1,052       946  
                                         
Total other income
  $ 3,089     $ 2,835     $ 3,115     $ 3,831     $ 3,849  
                                         
                                         
 
Total other expenses increased by $574 or 4.8% in 2007. This compares to a decrease of $179 or 1.5% in 2006. During 2007, expenditures for salaries and employee benefits increased by $423 or 6.2%. This increase is a combination of regular staff salary and benefit increases. In 2006 these expenditures decreased by $276 or 3.9%. This is due mainly to a one time cash bonus of $243 awarded to the retiring President and CEO in 2005. Occupancy and equipment expense increased by $60, or 3.3%, during 2007 and decreased by $59, or 3.2%, in 2006. The increase in 2007 is due in part to construction of a banking facility to replace an existing leased bank location. The decrease in 2006 is due mainly to a $112 decrease in depreciation expense as some assets became fully depreciated, and a $36 increase in equipment and building maintenance.
 
State and local taxes stayed fairly consistent from 2005 to 2007. Bank exam and audit expense decreased by $43 or 8.8% in 2007 following an increase of $59 or 13.8% in 2006 primarily due to expenses associated with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. All other categories of non-interest expense increased by $106 in 2007 following an increase of $93 in 2006. This expense category is subject to fluctuation due to non-recurring items. The increase in 2007 is due in part to expenses associated with the Company’s Strategic Growth Plan. These expenses include costs for professional consulting, information system software licensing and maintenance and educational programs for the Company’s employees. The increase in 2006 is due partly to an increase in collection and foreclosure expense of $41, a one-time sundry charge-off of $22, and a $29 increase in office supplies expense.
 
Non-Interest Expense
 
                                         
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
Salaries and benefits
  $ 7,199     $ 6,776     $ 7,052     $ 6,722     $ 6,586  
Net occupancy and equipment expense
    1,871       1,811       1,870       1853       1,963  
State and local taxes
    580       552       548       544       524  
Office supplies
    396       367       338       346       347  
Bank exam and audit
    443       486       427       515       349  
Other operating expense
    2,106       2,029       1,965       1,881       1,760  
                                         
Total other expenses
  $ 12,595     $ 12,021     $ 12,200     $ 11,861     $ 11,529  
                                         
                                         

 
42
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
Salaries and employee benefits represented 57.2% of all non-interest expenses in 2007, 56.4% in 2006 and 57.8% in 2005. Salaries and employee benefits decreased by $276 in 2006 followed by an increase of $423 in 2007. The following details components of these increases:
 
 
                                                                                 
    Analysis of Changes in Salaries & Benefits  
    Amounts     Percent  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003     2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
     
     
Salaries
  $ 252     $ (176 )   $ 317     $ (28 )   $ 67       4.7 %     (3.2 )%     6.1 %     (1.14 )%     1.3 %
Benefits
    145       (77 )     (29 )     85       112       9.0       (4.6 )     (1.7 )     5.2       7.3  
Profit Sharing
                                    (336 )                                     (100.0 )
                                                                                 
      397       (253 )     288       57       (157 )     5.7       (3.5 )     4.2       0.8       (2.2 )
Def’d Loan Origination
    26       (23 )     42       79       (55 )     16.1       (16.7 )     23.3       30.5       (27.0 )
                                                                                 
    $ 423     $ (276 )   $ 330     $ 136     ($ 212 )     6.2 %     (3.9 )%     4.9 %     2.1 %     (3.1 %)
                                                                                 
 
 
Wage and salary expense per employee averaged $33,994 in 2007, $33,063 in 2006, and $33,942 in 2005. Excluding the one-time retirement bonus, the average per employee would have been $32,444 in 2005. Full-time equivalent employment averaged 164 employees in 2007, 161 employees in 2006 and 162 employees in 2005. Average earning assets per employee measured $2,813 in 2007, $2,702 in 2006 and $2,582 in 2005.
 
Income before income tax expense amounted to $5,461 for the year ended 2007 compared to $5,504 and $5,291 for the similar periods of 2006 and 2005, respectively. The effective tax rate was 20.3% in 2007, 16.9% in 2006 and 18.1% in 2005, resulting in income tax of $1,111, $928 and $957, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate in 2006 reflects a one time adjustment to tax expense of $145 due to a change in tax accrual estimate. The effective tax rate before the $145 adjustment was 19.5%. The increase in 2007 is an increase from prior years because of a reduction in tax free income. The provision for income taxes differs from the amount of income tax determined applying the applicable U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to pre-tax income as a result of the following differences:
 
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
Provision at statutory rate
  $ 1,857     $ 1,871     $ 1,798     $ 1,983     $ 2,331  
Add (Deduct):
                                       
Tax effect of non-taxable income
    (846 )     (909 )     (921 )     (1,084 )     (1,052 )
Tax effect of non-deductible expense
    100       111       80       91       92  
Tax effect of change in estimate*
            (145 )                        
                                         
Federal income taxes
  $ 1,111     $ 928     $ 957     $ 990     $ 1,371  
                                         
                                         
 
 
One time adjustment to tax accrual estimate

 
43
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
 
 
Net income registered $4,350 in 2007, $4,576 in 2006 and $4,334 in 2005 representing per share amounts of $0.97 in 2007, $1.01 in 2006 and $0.97 in 2005. Dividends declared per share were $0.87 in 2007, $0.85 in 2006 and $1.04 in 2005. The decrease in 2007 and 2006 is due to elimination of the special dividend. Per share amounts have been restated to give retroactive effect to the 1% common stock dividend of January 1, 2008.
 
FOURTH QUARTER 2007 AS
COMPARED TO FOURTH QUARTER 2006
                                                 
    NET INTEREST MARGIN FOR QUARTER ENDED  
    December 31, 2007     December 31, 2006  
    Average
          Average
    Average
          Average
 
(Unaudited)   Balance(1)     Interest     Rate     Balance(1)     Interest     Rate  
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS
                                               
Federal funds sold and other money market funds
  $ 951     $ 13       5.2%     $ 9,882     $ 132       5.3%  
Investment securities(1)(2)
    242,596       3,541       5.8%       231,009       3,231       5.6%  
Loans(2)(3)
    222,208       4,125       7.4%       202,709       3,773       7.3%  
                                                 
Total interest-earning assets
  $ 465,755     $ 7,679       6.6%     $ 443,600     $ 7,136       6.4%  
                                                 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES
                                               
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 47,497     $ 235       2.0%     $ 48,286     $ 225       1.9%  
Savings
    75,332       197       1.0%       80,207       207       1.0%  
Time
    185,152       2,220       4.8%       169,222       1,942       4.6%  
                                                 
Total interest-bearing deposits
    307,981       2,652       3.4%       297,715       2,374       3.2%  
Federal funds purchased
    2,374       29       4.8%                          
Other borrowings
    68,589       849       4.9%       59,795       792       5.2%  
Subordinated debt
    5,155       93       7.0%                          
                                                 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
  $ 384,099     $ 3,623       3.7%     $ 357,510     $ 3,166       3.5%  
                                                 
Net interest income
          $ 4,056                     $ 3,970          
                                                 
Net interest rate spread(4)
                    2.9%                       2.9%  
                                                 
Net interest margin(5)
                    3.5%                       3.5%  
                                                 
 
(1)  Includes both taxable and tax exempt securities.
 
(2)  Tax exempt interest is shown on a tax equivalent basis for proper comparison using a statutory federal income tax rate of 34%.
 
(3)  Includes loan origination and commitment fees.
 
(4)  Interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on earning assets and the rate paid on interest bearing liabilities.
 
(5)  Interest margin is calculated by dividing the difference between total interest earned and total interest expensed by total interest-earning assets.
 
Tax equivalent net interest income for the Company during the fourth quarter of 2007 increased by $86, a 2.2% increase from the fourth quarter of 2006. The yield on earning assets increased by 19 basis points while fourth quarter average earning assets increased by 5.0%, or $22,155, when compared to a year ago. The result was an increase in tax equivalent interest income of $543. The rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities increased by 23 basis points, while fourth quarter average interest-bearing liabilities increased by $26,589 when compared to a year ago, resulting in an increase in total interest expense of $457. The net interest margin for the quarter registered 3.49%, down 6 basis points from the same quarter a year ago.

 
44
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The following table shows financial results by quarter for the years ending December 31, 2007 and 2006:
 
FINANCIAL RESULTS BY QUARTER
(Unaudited)
 
                                                                 
    2007     2006  
    For the Quarter Ended     For the Quarter Ended  
    Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     March 31     Dec. 31     Sept. 30     June 30     March 31  
Interest Income
  $ 7,467     $ 7,344     $ 7,251     $ 6,930     $ 6,889     $ 6,796     $ 6,493     $ 6,319  
Interest Expense
    3,623       3,651       3,495       3,216       3,166       2,980       2,783       2,653  
                                                                 
Net Interest Income
    3,844       3,693       3,756       3,714       3,723       3,816       3,710       3,666  
Loan Loss Provision
    (40 )                             (50 )     (45 )     (64 )     (66 )
Net Security Gains
    40       5       20       12                       18          
Net Gain on Loans
    10       35       27       16       37       13       42       14  
Other real estate losses
                    (1 )             (12 )     (7 )     (28 )        
Other Income
    761       749       719       696       747       703       700       608  
Other Expenses
    (3,194 )     (3,132 )     (3,206 )     (3,063 )     (2,962 )     (3,041 )     (3,049 )     (2,969 )
                                                                 
Income Before Tax
    1,421       1,350       1,315       1,375       1,483       1,439       1,329       1,253  
Federal Income Tax
    305       275       258       273       301       296       253       78  
                                                                 
Net Income
  $ 1,116     $ 1,075     $ 1,057     $ 1,102     $ 1,182     $ 1,143     $ 1,076     $ 1,175  
Net Income Per Share
  $ 0.25     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.24     $ 0.26     $ 0.25     $ 0.24     $ 0.26  
Net Core Income
  $ 1,083     $ 1,048     $ 1,027     $ 1,086     $ 1,166     $ 1,139     $ 1,057     $ 1,020  
Net Core Income Per Share
  $ 0.24     $ 0.23     $ 0.23     $ 0.24     $ 0.26     $ 0.25     $ 0.24     $ 0.23  
Net Interest Income
(fully taxable equivalent basis)
  $ 4,056     $ 3,911     $ 3,984     $ 3,950     $ 3,970     $ 4,067     $ 3,973     $ 3,939  
Net Interest Rate Spread
    2.9%       2.7%       2.7%       2.8%       2.9%       3.1%       3.0%       3.1%  
Net Interest Margin
    3.5%       3.4%       3.5%       3.5%       3.5%       3.7%       3.7%       3.7%  
                                                                 
 
Loan charge-offs during the quarter were $191 in 2007 compared to $67 in 2006, while the recovery of previously charged-off loans amounted to $28 during the fourth quarter of 2007 compared to $19 in the same period of 2006. The Company’s provision for loan losses during the quarter was $40 compared to $50 a year ago.
 
Other income increased by $14 or 1.9% from a year ago. The net gain on loans sold during the quarter amounted to $10, compared to $37 a year ago. Loss on the sale of other real estate decreased from $12 in 2006 to none in 2007. The early call of held to maturity securities, and transactions involving available for sale securities produced gains of $40 in the fourth quarter of 2007 compared to none in the same quarter of 2006.
 
Total other non-interest expenses in the fourth quarter were $3,194 in 2007 compared to $2,962 in 2006, an increase of $232 or 7.8%. Salaries and benefits constituted a $72 increase, or 4.3%. Bank exam and audit fees increased by $14 or 11.6% mainly due to the timing of expenses associated with the implementation of the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Other expenses increased by $146 or 12.7%. The increase is due in part to expenses associated with the Company’s Strategic Growth Plan. These expenses include costs for professional consulting, information system software licensing and maintenance and educational programs for Company’s employees.
 
Income before income tax during the fourth quarter amounted to $1,421 in 2007 compared to $1,483 in 2006. Income tax expense for the fourth quarter of 2007 was $305 as compared to $301 in 2006. Fourth quarter net income was $1,116 in 2007 compared to $1,182 in 2006, representing a decrease of $66, or 5.6%.
 
Earnings per share for the fourth quarter, adjusted for the 1% stock dividend paid January 1, 2008, were $0.25 in 2007 and $0.26 in 2006.
 
Core earnings (earnings before gains on loans sold, investment securities sold or called and certain other non recurring items) decreased by 7.1% in the fourth quarter of 2007 compared to 2006. Core earnings for the fourth quarter of 2007 were $1,083 compared to

 
45
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
last year’s $1,166. Core earnings per share were $0.25 in 2007 and $0.26 in 2006. The following is a reconciliation between core earnings and earnings under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (GAAP earnings):
 
                                         
    Three Months Ended
 
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
 
GAAP earnings
  $ 1,116     $ 1,182     $ 1,093     $ 1,305     $ 1,340  
Gain on sale of loans
    (10 )     (37 )     (30 )     (13 )     (21 )
Investment gains
    (40 )                     (378 )     (259 )
Other real estate loss
            12       3                  
Tax effect of adjustments
    17       9       9       133       95  
                                         
Core earnings
  $ 1,083     $ 1,166     $ 1,075     $ 1,047     $ 1,155  
                                         
 
Realized gains or losses on securities are based on net proceeds and the adjusted carrying amount of the securities, using the specific identification method. The table below sets forth the proceeds, gains and losses realized on securities sold or called for the period ended:
                 
    Three
    Twelve
 
    Months
    Months
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2007  
 
Proceeds on securities sold or called
    $6,990       $9,991  
Gross realized gains
    40       77  
Gross realized losses
               
 
LOAN LOSS EXPERIENCE
 
For each year presented in the table on the following page, the provision for loan losses charged to operations is based on management’s judgment after taking into consideration all known factors connected with the collectibility of the existing portfolio. Management evaluates the portfolio in light of economic conditions, changes in the nature and volume of the portfolio, industry standards and other relevant factors. Specific factors considered by management in determining the amounts charged to operations include previous loan loss experience; the status of past due interest and principal payments; the quality of financial information supplied by customers; the cashflow coverage and trends evidenced by financial information supplied by customers; the nature and estimated value of any collateral supporting specific loan credits; risk classifications determined by the Company’s loan review systems or as the result of the regulatory examination process; and general economic conditions in the lending area of the Company’s bank subsidiary. Key risk factors and assumptions are dynamically updated to reflect actual experience and changing circumstances.
 
The Company maintains an allowance for losses on unfunded commercial lending commitments to provide for the risk of loss inherent in these arrangements. The allowance is computed using a methodology similar to that used to determine the allowance for loan losses. This allowance is reported as a liability on the balance sheet within accrued expenses and other liabilities, while the corresponding provision for these losses is recorded as a component of other expense.
 
Certain asset-specific loans are evaluated individually for impairment, based on management’s best estimate of discounted cash repayments and the anticipated proceeds from liquidating collateral. The actual timing and amount of repayments and the ultimate realizable value of the collateral may differ from management’s estimates.
 
The expected loss for certain other commercial credits utilizes internal risk ratings. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in the customer’s risk profile, the realizable value of collateral, other risk factors and the related loss experience of other credits of similar risk. Consumer credits generally employ statistical loss factors, adjusted for other risk indicators, applied to pools of similar loans stratified by asset type. These loss estimates are sensitive to changes in delinquency status and shifts in the aggregate risk profile.

 
46
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
                                         
   
2007
   
2006
    2005    
2004
   
2003
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 2,211     $ 2,168     $ 2,629     $ 2,408     $ 3,134  
Loan losses:
                                       
1-4 family residential mortgages
    (92 )     (29 )     (87 )     (80 )     (101 )
Commercial mortgages
    (395 )     (20 )     (734 )     (108 )     (589 )
Consumer and other loans
    (232 )     (199 )     (203 )     (66 )     (160 )
Commercial loans
    (1 )     (40 )     (89 )     (10 )     (270 )
Home equity loans
    (8 )             (6 )                
                                         
      (728 )     (288 )     (1,119 )     (264 )     (1,120 )
                                         
Recoveries on previous loan losses:
                                       
1-4 family residential mortgages
                                       
Commercial mortgages
    5                               40  
Consumer and other loans
    92       99       100       65       108  
Commercial loans
    1       7       13       5       6  
Home equity loans
                                       
                                         
      98       106       113       70       154  
                                         
Net loan losses
    (630 )     (182 )     (1,006 )     (194 )     (966 )
                                         
Provision charged to operations
    40       225       545       415       240  
                                         
Balance at end of year
  $ 1,621     $ 2,211     $ 2,168     $ 2,629     $ 2,408  
                                         
Ratio of net loan losses to
average net loans outstanding
    0.29%       0.09%       0.53%       0.10%       0.51%  
                                         
Ratio of loan loss allowance to total loans
    0.73%       1.08%       1.15%       1.37%       1.27%  
                                         
                                         
 
The spike in charge-offs during 2005 and 2003 primarily reflected certain impaired commercial loan credits for which specific loss reserves had previously been established. Based on its analysis and review of all known factors, management has determined the current level of the allowance to be adequate.
 
The following is an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. The allowance has been allocated according to the amount deemed to be reasonably necessary to provide for the possibility of losses being incurred within the following categories of loans as of December 31, for the years indicated:
 
 
                                         
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
Types of Loans
                                       
1-4 family residential mortgages
  $ 258     $ 209     $ 243     $ 265     $ 241  
Commercial mortgages
    954       1,441       1,397       1,808       1,932  
Consumer loans
    214       183       160       50       58  
Commercial loans
    194       376       364       505       176  
Home equity loans
    1       2       4       1       1  
                                         
    $ 1,621     $ 2,211     $ 2,168     $ 2,629     $ 2,408  
                                         
                                         
                                         
 
The allocations of the allowance as shown in the table above should not be interpreted as an indication that future loan losses will occur in the same proportions or that the allocations indicate future loan loss trends. Furthermore, the portion allocated to each loan category is not the total amount available for future losses that might occur within such categories since the total allowance is applicable to the entire portfolio.
 

 
47
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
LOAN PORTFOLIO
 
 
The following table represents the composition of the loan portfolio as of December 31, for the years indicated:
 
                                                                                 
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
Types of Loans
                                                                               
1-4 family residential mortgages
  $ 68,135       30.5     $ 62,882       30.6     $ 59,910       31.8     $ 61,238       31.9     $ 57,854       30.6  
Commercial mortgages
    120,950       54.3       106,160       51.7       90,983       48.3       94,019       49.0       92,822       49.0  
Consumer loans
    8,484       3.8       7,745       3.8       6,714       3.6       6,087       3.2       7,231       3.8  
Commercial loans
    14,981       6.7       17,505       8.5       19,767       10.5       19,188       10.0       21,711       11.5  
Home equity loans
    10,559       4.7       10,807       5.3       10,828       5.8       11,245       5.9       9,541       5.0  
1-4 family residential loans held for sale
                    109       0.1                                       103       0.1  
                                                                                 
Total loans
  $ 223,109             $ 205,208             $ 188,202             $ 191,777             $ 189,262          
                                                                                 
                                                                                 
                                                                                 
 
 
The following schedule sets forth maturities based on remaining scheduled repayments of principal or next repricing opportunity for loans (excluding mortgage and consumer loans) as of December 31, 2007:
 
                                 
    1 Year
    1 to
    Over
       
    or Less     5 Years     5 Years     Total  
Types of Loans
                               
Commercial loans
  $ 4,737     $ 4,560     $ 5,684     $ 14,981  
Home equity
    10,559                       10,559  
                                 
Total loans (excluding mortgage and consumer loans)
  $ 15,296     $ 4,560     $ 5,684     $ 25,540  
                                 
                                 
 
 
The following schedule sets forth loans as of December 31, 2007 based on next repricing opportunity for floating and adjustable interest rate products, and by remaining scheduled principal payments for loan products with fixed rates of interest. Mortgage and consumer loans have again been excluded.
 
                         
    1 Year
    Over
       
    or Less     1 Year     Total  
Types of Loans
                       
Floating or adjustable rates of interest
  $ 14,962     $ 1,243     $ 16,205  
Fixed rates of interest
    334       9,001       9,335  
                         
Total loans (excluding mortgage and consumer loans)
  $ 15,296     $ 10,244     $ 25,540  
                         
                         

 
48
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The Company recorded an increase of $17,901 in the loan portfolio from the level of $205,208 recorded at December 31, 2006.
 
Between 2006 and 2007, the balance of residential mortgage loans remained relatively unchanged. 1-4 family residential mortgages represent 30.5% of total loans in the loan portfolio compared to 30.7% in 2006. The portion of the loan portfolio represented by commercial loans (including commercial real estate) increased from 60.2% in 2006 to 61.0% in 2007. Consumer loans (including home equity loans) decreased from 9.1% in 2006 to 8.5% in 2007.
 
Real estate loans which include residential loans and commercial loans continue to comprise the largest share of the Company’s loan portfolio. At the end of 2007, residential loans and commercial loans comprised a combined 91.5% of the portfolio, compared to 90.5% five years ago. Home equity loans at 4.7% and consumer installment at 3.8% comprise the remainder of the portfolio in 2007.
 
[LOAN PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION]
 
During 2007, approximately $16,300 in new mortgage loans were originated by the Company, an increase of approximately $1,100 from 2006.
 
The following shows the disposition of mortgage loans originated during 2003 to 2007 (in millions):
 
                                         
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
                                         
Retained in Portfolio
  $ 10.1     $ 8.3     $ 7.6     $ 8.0     $ 11.6  
Loans Sold to Investors with Servicing Rights Released
  $ 6.2     $ 6.9     $ 6.6     $ 4.0     $ 27.3  
 
The Company’s product offerings continue to include a service release sales program, which permits the Company to offer competitive long-term fixed interest rates without incurring additional credit or interest rate risk.
 
During 2007, the Company sold fewer residential mortgage loans under the service release sales program but originated and retained approximately $1.5 million more in portfolio loans in comparision to 2006 totals. Mortgage loan originations are typically qualified for sale to investors in the secondary market, but are occasionally retained in portfolio when requested by a customer or to enhance account relationship for certain customers. The mix of portfolio retained to those sold to investors will vary from year to year.
 
The Bank is also active in home equity financing. Home Equity term loans and credit lines remain popular with consumers wishing to finance home improvements, educational costs, vacations and consumer goods purchased at favorable interest rates.
 
In order to improve customer retention and provide better overall balance, management also will continue to revamp and reposition the Company’s In-Portfolio product offerings during 2008.
 
The balance of the commercial loan portfolio as of December 31, 2007 was $135,931, an increase of $12,266 from the balance of $123,665 recorded at December 31, 2006. Short term, asset based commercial loans including lines of credit decreased by $2,524. Commercial real estate loans increased by $14,790 during the same period. The increase in these loans has primarily resulted from a marketing campaign and an aggressive calling program designed to increase market share for commercial and small business loans secured by real estate.
 
Management in recent years has offered longer term fixed rate commercial real estate products to qualifying customers in an effort to establish new business relationships and capture additional market share. Loan personnel will continue to aggressively pursue both commercial and small business opportunities supported by product incentives and

 
49
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
marketing efforts. The Bank’s lending function continues to provide business services to a wide array of medium and small businesses, including but not limited to commercial and residential real estate builders, automobile dealers, manufacturers, trucking companies, nursing homes, physicians and medical groups, funeral homes, general contractors, service contractors, restaurants, hotels/motels, retailers, wholesalers, as well as area educational institutions and other political subdivisions.
 
Small business loans are originated by loan personnel assigned to the Community Bank offices. These loans are processed in accordance with established business loan underwriting standards and practices.
 
The following table provides an overview of commercial loans by various business sectors reflecting the areas of largest concentration. It should be noted that these are open balances and do not reflect existing commitments that may be currently outstanding but unfunded.
Commercial Loan Concentrations
 
                                 
    2007     2006  
          % of
          % of
 
Sector
  Balances     Portfolio     Balances     Portfolio  
Non Residential Building/
Apartment Building
  $ 25,879       19.36%     $ 17.963       14.82%  
Hotels/Motels
    23,608       17.66%       12,374       10.21%  
Real Property Lessors
    7.175       5.37%       8,315       6.86%  
Eating Places
    6,925       5.18%       7,575       6.25%  
Steel Related Industries
    5,268       3.94%       5,200       4.29%  
                                 
 
The single largest customer balance at year end had a balance of $7,047 in 2007 compared to $4,900 in 2006. This balance represented approximately 5.2% of the total commercial portfolio, compared to 4.0% in 2006.
 
In the consumer lending area, the Company provides financing for a variety of consumer purchases: fixed rate amortizing mortgage products that consumers utilize for home improvements; the purchase of consumer goods of all types; education, travel and other personal expenditures. The consolidation of credit card and other existing debt into term payout continues to remain a popular financing option among consumers.
 
Additional information regarding the loan portfolio can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTES 1, 3, 9, 12 and 14).
 
INVESTMENT SECURITIES
In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 (SFAS 115), “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” investment securities are segregated into three separate portfolios: held to maturity, available for sale, and trading. Each portfolio type has its own method of accounting.
 
Held to maturity securities are recorded at historical cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts. Trading securities are marked-to-market, with any gain or loss reflected in the determination of income. Securities designated as available for sale are similarly carried at their fair market value. However, any unrealized gain or loss (net of tax) is recorded as an adjustment to shareholders’ equity as a component of Other Comprehensive Income.
 
One effect of SFAS 115 is to expose shareholders’ equity to fluctuations resulting from market volatility related to the available for sale portfolio. The potential adverse impact of this volatility is somewhat mitigated as bank regulatory agencies measure capital adequacy for regulatory purposes without regard to the effects of SFAS 115.
 
Securities designated by the Company as held to maturity tend to be higher yielding but less liquid either due to maturity, size or other characteristics of the issue. The Company must have both the intent and the ability to hold such securities to maturity.
 
Securities the Company has designated as available for sale may be sold prior to maturity in order to fund loan demand, to adjust for interest rate sensitivity, to reallocate bank resources, or to reposition the portfolio to reflect changing economic conditions and shifts in the relative values of market sectors. Available for sale securities tend to be more liquid investments and generally exhibit less price volatility as interest rates fluctuate.

 
50
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The following table shows the book value of investment securities by type of obligation at the dates indicated:
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 83,995     $ 86,682     $ 80,053     $ 69,670     $ 62,524  
U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass-through certificates
    83,654       73,921       82,992       91,226       92,499  
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
    32,762       40,807       44,714       45,689       53,503  
Other securities
    38,211       31,693       26,893       19,256       14,249  
                                         
    $ 238,622     $ 233,103     $ 234,652     $ 225,841     $ 222,775  
                                         
 
A summary of securities held at December 31, 2007, classified according to the earlier of next repricing or the maturity date and the weighted average yield for each range of maturities, is set forth below. Fixed rate mortgage-backed securities are classified by their estimated contractual cash flow, adjusted for current prepayment assumptions. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
                 
    December 31, 2007  
    Book
    Weighted
 
Type and Maturity or Repricing Grouping   Value     Average Yield(1)  
 
U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies and corporations:
               
Maturing or repricing within one year
  $ 21,084       5.484 %
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years
    8,108       4.581  
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years
    19,114       5.305  
Maturing or repricing after ten years
    35,689       6.104  
                 
Total U.S. Treasury and other U.S. Government agencies and corporations
  $ 83,995       5.620 %
                 
U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass-through certificates, REMICS & CMO’s:
               
Maturing or repricing within one year
  $ 48,570       5.271 %
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years
    33,670       4.963  
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years
    1,414       4.713  
Maturing or repricing after ten years
               
                 
Total U.S. Government mortgage-backed pass-through certificates, REMICS & CMO’s
  $ 83,654       5.138 %
                 
States of the U.S. and political subdivisions:
               
Maturing or repricing within one year
  $ 155       8.376 %
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years
    445       7.525  
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years
    5,185       6.998  
Maturing or repricing after ten years
    26,977       7.234  
                 
Total States of the U.S. and political subdivisions
  $ 32,762       7.206 %
                 
Other securities:
               
Maturing or repricing within one year
  $ 28,192       6.953 %
Maturing or repricing after one year but within five years
    2,403       5.733  
Maturing or repricing after five years but within ten years
    2,031       7.182  
Maturing or repricing after ten years
    5,585       7.629  
                 
Total other securities
  $ 38,211       6.987 %
                 
 
  (1)  The weighted average yield has been computed by dividing the total interest income adjusted for amortization of premium or accretion of discount over the life of the security by the amortized cost of the securities outstanding. The weighted average yield of tax-exempt obligations of states of the U.S. and political subdivisions has been calculated on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The amounts of adjustments to interest which are based on the statutory tax rate of 34% were $5, $10, $111 and $585 for the four ranges of maturities.
 
 
As of December 31, 2007, there were $42,156 in callable U.S. Government Agencies, $9,591 in callable obligations of states and political subdivisions that given current and expected interest rate

 
51
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
environments are likely to be called within the one year time horizon. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with $2,199 classified as maturing after one year but within five years, $20,549 classified as maturing after five years but within ten years and $28,999 classified as maturing after 10 years.
 
Additionally, as of December 31, 2007, there were $14,506 in callable U.S. Government Agencies, $19,874 in callable obligations of states and political subdivisions and $2,004 in callable other securities that given current and expected interest rate environments are likely to be called within the time frame defined as after one year but within five years. These securities are categorized according to their contractual maturities, with $3,035 maturing after five years but within ten years and $33,349 maturing after 10 years.
 
As of December 31, 2007, the carrying value of all investment securities, both available for sale and held to maturity, totaled $238,622, an increase of $5,519 or 2.37% from the prior year. The allocation between single maturity investment securities and mortgage-backed securities shifted to a 64/36 split versus the 68/32 division of the previous year, as mortgage-backed securities increased by $9,733, or 13.2%.
 
Holdings of obligations of states and political subdivisions showed a decrease of $8,045 or 19.7%, as numerous bonds were called during the year.
 
Amortization of purchase premium resulted in the decrease of holdings of U.S. Treasury securities by approximately $4, or 2.8%. Investments in U.S. government agencies and sponsored corporations decreased by approximately $2,683, or 3.1%. The Company also purchased $10,417 in corporate debt securities during 2007 primarily to take advantage of floating rate repricing characteristics. The purchases were partially offset by $2,794 in debt securities that were called during 2007. Additionally, a $183 increase in unrealized losses on General Motors bonds was reflected at December 31, 2007. The net result was an increase in the corporate portfolio of $6,518.
 
Holdings of other securities were unchanged in 2007.
 
The mix of mortgage-backed securities remained weighted in favor of fixed rate securities in 2007. The portion of the mortgage-backed portfolio allocated to fixed rate securities rose to 76% in 2007 versus 67% in 2006. Floating rate and adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities provide some degree of protection against rising interest rates, while fixed rate securities perform better in periods of stable to slightly declining interest rates. Included in the mortgage-backed securities portfolio are investments in collateralized mortgage obligations which totalled $13,792 and $18,184 at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. No collateralized mortgage obligations were sold in 2007.
 
At December 31, 2007, a net unrealized loss of $94, net of tax, was included in shareholders’ equity as a component of Other Comprehensive Income, as compared to a net unrealized loss of $455, net of tax, as of December 31, 2006. This $361 improvement reflects the increased market value of debt securities resulting from changes in the shape of the yield curve and the level of interest rates that occurred during the year. Lower interest rates generally translate into more favorable market prices for debt securities; conversely rising interest rates generally result in a depreciation in the market value of debt securities.
 
The Company had $11,222 in investments considered to be structured notes as of December 31, 2007, an increase of $2,507, or 28.8%. The Company had no investments in inverse floating rate securities or other derivative products.
 
Additional information regarding investments can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTES 1 and 2).
 
DEPOSITS
 
The Company’s deposits are derived from the individuals and businesses located in its primary market area. Total deposits at year-end exhibited an increase of 2.5% to $364,788 at December 31, 2007, as compared to $355,818 at December 31, 2006.

 
52
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The Company’s deposit base consists of demand deposits, savings, money market and time deposit accounts. Average noninterest-bearing deposits increased 0.7% during 2007, while average interest-bearing deposits increased by 6.1%.
 
During 2007, noninterest-bearing deposits averaged $57,668 or 15.7% of total average deposits as compared to $57,271 or 16.4% of total deposits in 2006. Core deposits averaged $301,327 for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $1,578 from the average level of 2006. During 2006, core deposits had averaged $299,749 a decrease of $6,877 from the preceding year.
 
Historically, the deposit base of the Company has been characterized by a significant aggregate amount of core deposits. Core deposits represented 82.2% of average total deposits in 2007 compared to 86.0% in 2006 and 89.8% in 2005. Non core deposits are represented by Jumbo CD’s, certificates of deposit in the amount of $100 or more.
 
The Company’s portfolio of Jumbo CD’s are sourced primarily from customers in the subsidiary bank’s immediate market area, and does not include any brokered deposits.
 
Over the past five years, the Company has decreased the share of deposits represented by noninterest-bearing and interest bearing checking accounts. These products now comprise 22.5% of total deposits compared to 24.6% five years ago. The following depicts how the deposit mix has shifted during this five-year time frame.
 
[AVERAGE DEPOSIT MIX PIE CHARTS]
 
Additional information regarding interest-bearing deposits is presented in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTE 6).
 

 
53
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
ASSET-LIABILITY MANAGEMENT
 
The Company’s executive management and Board of Directors routinely review the Company’s balance sheet structure for stability, liquidity and capital adequacy. The Company has defined a set of key control parameters which provide various measures of the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates. The Company’s asset-liability management goal is to produce a net interest margin that is relatively stable despite interest rate volatility while maintaining an acceptable level of earnings. Net interest margin is the difference between total interest earned on a fully taxable equivalent basis and total interest expensed. The net interest margin ratio expresses this difference as a percentage of average earning assets. In the past five years, the net interest margin ratio has averaged 3.73% ranging between 3.45% and 3.94%.
 
Included among the various measurement techniques used by the Company to identify and manage exposure to changing interest rates is the use of computer based simulation models. Computerized simulation techniques enable the Company to explore and measure net interest income volatility under alternative asset deployment strategies, different interest rate environments, various product offerings and changing growth patterns.
 
GAP TABLE
December 31, 2007
 
                                         
    Maturity or Repricing Interval  
                      Non Rate
       
                      Sensitive
       
    3 Months
    3 to 12
    1 to 5
    or  > 5
       
   
or Less
   
Months
   
Years
   
Years
   
Total
 
Interest-Earning Assets
                                       
Interest-Bearing Balance from Depository Institution
  $ 76     $           $           $           $ 76  
Investments
    91,432       58,316       78,811       10,063       238,622  
Loans & Leases
    65,819       56,225       89,847       11,218       223,109  
Investment in Nonconsolidated Subsidiary
    155                               155  
                                         
Total Earning Assets
    157,482       114,541       168,658       21,281       461,962  
Other Assets
                            30,732       30,732  
                                         
Total Assets
  $ 157,482     $ 114,541     $ 168,658     $ 52,013     $ 492,694  
                                         
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
                                       
Interest-bearing Checking
  $ 23,460     $           $           $           $ 23,460  
Money Market Accounts
    19,698                               19,698  
Passbook Savings
    74,024                               74,024  
Time Deposits  ³ 100,000
    18,522       37,527       9,574       2,895       68,518  
Time Deposits <100,000
    26,729       49,914       32,047       12,174       120,864  
Repurchase Agreements
    4,644                               4,644  
U.S. Treasury Demand
    594                               594  
Federal Funds Purchased
    1,175                               1,175  
Subordinated Debt
    5,155                               5,155  
Other Borrowings
    5,500       6,000       28,000       24,500       64,000  
                                         
Total Interest-Bearing Liabilities
    179,501       93,441       69,621       39,569       382,132  
Demand Deposits
                            58,224       58,224  
Other Liabilities
                            3,514       3,514  
Shareholders’ Equity
                            48,824       48,824  
                                         
Total Liabilities & Equity
  $ 179,501     $ 93,441     $ 69,621     $ 150,131     $ 492,694  
                                         
Rate Sensitivity Gap
  $ (22,019 )   $ 21,100     $ 99,037     ($ 18,288 )        
Cumulative Gap
  ($ 22,019 )   ($ 919 )   $ 98,118     $ 79,830          
Cumulative Gap to Total Assets
    (4.5 )%     (0.2 )%     19.9 %     16.2 %        

 
54
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
The preceding Gap Table presents an analysis of the Company’s earliest repricing opportunity for each of its interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Assets are distributed according to the earlier of interest rate repricing opportunity or expected cash flows. Time deposits and liabilities with defined maturities are distributed according to the earlier of the repricing interval or contractual maturity. Other core deposit accounts (Interest-bearing checking, Money Market and Savings accounts) are shown as being available for repricing in the earliest time frame, although management can exert considerable influence over the timing and manner of repricing such core deposits. Therefore, these accounts may reprice in later time intervals and reflect smaller incremental changes than other interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Since management may reprice these accounts at its discretion, the impact of changing rates on net interest income is likely to be considerably different than inferred by this table.
 
During 2007, the effective maturities of earning assets tended to shorten as rates in the credit markets fell sharply. Federal Reserve policy makers decreased short-term interest rates three times during the year, from 5.25% to 4.25% in an attempt to ease strains in the financial market, soften the effects of the housing correction and to help avoid a recession. With rates falling during the year, the volume of investment securities eligible to be called increased, while prepayments on loans and mortgage-backed securities similarly increased, causing the effective maturities of existing earning assets to shorten. Management invested excess overnight funds (federal funds sold balances), with an increased allocation towards adjustable and floating rate corporate bonds, and U.S. Government agencies purchased at a discount that contain a lock-out period prior to the first call date and mortgage-backed securities.
 
While the preceding Gap Table provides a general indication of the potential effect that changing interest rates may have on net interest income, it does not by itself present a complete picture of interest rate sensitivity. Because the repricing of the various categories of assets and liabilities is subject to competitive pressures, customer preferences and other factors, such assets and liabilities may in fact reprice in different time periods and in different increments than assumed.
 
The computerized simulation techniques utilized by management provide a more sophisticated measure of the degree to which the Company’s interest sensitive assets and liabilities may be impacted by changes in the general level of interest rates. These analyses show the Company’s net interest income remaining relatively neutral within the economic and interest rate scenarios anticipated by management. As previously noted, the Company’s net interest margin has remained in the range of 3.45% to 3.94% over the past five years, a period characterized by significant shifts in the mix of earning assets and the direction and level of interest rates. The targeted federal funds rate during that period ranged from 1.00% to 5.25%, as Federal Reserve monetary policy turned from guarding against deflation to warding off inflationary threats and now back to attempting to avoid a recession.
 
[NET INTEREST MARGIN RATIO GRAPH]
 
LIQUIDITY
 
The central role of the Company’s liquidity management is to (1) ensure sufficient liquid funds to meet the normal transaction requirements of its customers, (2) take advantage of market opportunities requiring flexibility and speed, and (3) provide a cushion against unforeseen liquidity needs.
 
Principal sources of liquidity for the Company include assets considered relatively liquid, such as

 
55
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
interest-bearing deposits in other banks, federal funds sold, cash and due from banks, as well as cash flows from maturities and repayments of loans, investment securities and mortgage-backed securities.
 
Anticipated principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities along with investment securities maturing, repricing, or expected to be called in one year or less amounted to $149.748 at December 31, 2007, representing 62.8% of the total combined portfolio, as compared to $77,463 or 33.2% of the portfolio a year ago.
 
Along with its liquid assets, the Company has other sources of liquidity available to it which help to ensure that adequate funds are available as needed. These other sources include, but are not limited to, the ability to obtain deposits through the adjustment of interest rates, the purchasing of federal funds, and access to the Federal Reserve Discount Window. The Company is also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, which provides yet another source of liquidity.
 
Cash and cash equivalents decreased from $19,237 in 2005 to $14,375 in 2006, then to $9,441 in 2007. Operating activities provided cash of $5,009 in 2007, $5,082 in 2006 and $4,275 in 2005. Key differences stem mainly from: 1) a decrease in net income of $226 between 2007 and 2006 and a $242 increase between 2005 and 2006; 2) there were no loans held for sale at December 31, 2007 and 2005 and $109 at 2006; 3) gains on the sale of investments, was $308 at December 31, 2005, $18 at December 31, 2006 and $77 in 2007; 4) amortization on securities was $199 in 2007 compared to $506 in 2006 and $872 in 2005 ; 5) loss on the sale of other real estate totaled $47 in 2006 and $3 in 2005 compared to $1 in 2007; 6) the purchase of an additional $128 of insurance contracts on the lives of participants in the supplemental post retirement benefit plan in 2006 and none in 2007 or 2005; 7) a liability for securities purchased yet to settle totaled $1,270 at December 31, 2004, with none at December 31, 2005, 2006 or 2007. Refer to the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for a summary of the sources and uses of cash for 2007, 2006 and 2005. The following table details the cash flows from operating activities.
 
                                         
    December 31,  
    2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
Net income
  $ 4,350     $ 4,576     $ 4,334     $ 4,843     $ 5,484  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Depreciation, amortization and accretion
    775       991       1,469       2,176       2,382  
Provision for loan loss
    40       225       545       415       240  
Investment securities gains
    (77 )     (18 )     (308 )     (1,052 )     (946 )
Other real estate losses
    1       47       3       171          
Impact of loans held for sale
    109       (109 )             103       1,919  
Changes in:
                                       
Securities to settle and securities sold to settle
                    (1,270 )     1,270          
Purchase of insurance contracts
            (128 )             (500 )     (2,500 )
Other assets and liabilities
    (189 )     (502 )     (498 )     (44 )     469  
                                         
Net cash flows from operating activities
  $ 5,009     $ 5,082     $ 4,275     $ 7,382     $ 7,048  
                                         
 
CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS AND COMMITMENTS
 
The Corporation has various obligations, including contractual obligations and commitments that may require future cash payments.
 
Contractual Obligations:  The following table presents, as of December 31, 2007, significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations to third parties by payment date. Further discussion of the nature of each obligation is included in the referenced note to the consolidated financial statements.

 
56
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
 
                                                 
          Contractual Obligations
 
          as of December 31, 2007  
          Payments Due in  
          One
    One
    Three
             
          Year
    to
    to
    Over
       
    See
    or
    Three
    Five
    Five
       
    Note     Less     Years     Years     Years     Total  
Non-interest bearing deposits
          $ 58,224     $           $           $           $ 58,224  
Interest bearing deposits(a)
    6       117,182                               117,182  
Average Rate(b)
            1.33 %                             1.33 %
Certificates of deposit(a)
    6       124,637       29,772       18,989       15,984       189,382  
Average Rate(b)
            4.69 %     4.63 %     5.01 %     4.63 %     4.71 %
Federal funds purchased and security repurchase agreements(a)
    7       5,819                               5,819  
Average Rate(b)
            3.80 %                             3.80 %
U.S. Treasury interest-bearing demand note(a)
    7       594                               594  
Average Rate(b)
            3.59 %                             3.59 %
Federal Home Loan Bank advances(a)
    7       6,000       24,000       9,500       24,500       64,000  
Average Rate(b)
            5.24 %     5.50 %     5.09 %     4.13 %     4.89 %
Subordinated debt
    8                               5,155       5,155  
Average Rate(b)
                                    6.44 %     6.44 %
Operating leases
    9       131       168       45               344  
                                                 
 
  (a)  Excludes present and future accrued interest.
 
  (b)  Variable rate obligations reflect interest rates in effect at December 31, 2007.
 
 
The Corporation’s operating lease obligations represent short and long-term lease and rental payments for the subsidiary bank’s branch facilities.
 
The Corporation also has obligations under its supplemental retirement plans as described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements. The postretirement benefit payments represent actuarially determined future benefit payments to eligible plan participants. The Corporation does not have any commitments or obligations to the defined contribution retirement plan (401(k) plan) at December 31, 2007 due to the funded status of the plan. (See further discussion in Note 10.)
 
Commitments:  The following table details the amounts and expected maturities of significant commitments as of December 31, 2007. (Further discussion of these commitments is included in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.)
 
 
                                         
    Expected Maturities of Commitments
 
    as of December 31, 2007  
    One
    One
    Three
             
    Year
    to
    to
    Over
       
    or
    Three
    Five
    Five
       
    Less     Years     Years     Years     Total  
Commitments to extend credit:
                                       
Commercial
  $ 8,672     $ 1,522     $ 348     $ 16,007     $ 26,549  
Residential real estate
    224                               224  
Revolving home equity
    11,468                               11,468  
Overdraft protection
    11,698                               11,698  
Other
    460                               460  
Standby letters of credit
    1,179                               1,179  
                                         
                                         
 
Commitments to extend credit, including loan commitments, standby letters of credit, and commercial letters of credit do not necessarily represent future cash requirements, in that these commitments often expire without being drawn upon.

 
57
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
Regulatory standards for measuring capital adequacy require banks and bank holding companies to maintain capital based on “risk-adjusted” assets so that categories of assets of potentially higher credit risk require more capital backing than assets with lower risk. In addition, banks and bank holding companies are required to maintain capital to support, on a risk-adjusted basis, certain off-balance sheet activities such as standby letters of credit and interest rate swaps.
 
The risk-based standards classify capital into two tiers. Tier 1 capital consists of common shareholders’ equity, noncumulative and cumulative perpetual preferred stock, qualifying trust preferred securities and minority interests less intangibles and the unrealized market value adjustment of investment securities available for sale. Tier 2 capital consists of a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, perpetual preferred stock (not included in Tier 1), hybrid capital instruments, term subordinated debt, and intermediate-term preferred stock.
 
The following graph, which is not “risk-adjusted,” depicts Tier 1 capital as a percentage of total average assets over the past several years. This measure of capital adequacy is known as the “leverage ratio.” The ratio was 11.04% in 2006 and 10.99% in 2007, and remains well above regulatory minimums.
 
[LEVERAGE RATIO CHART]
 
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (FDICIA) required banking regulatory agencies to revise risk-based capital standards to ensure that they take adequate account of interest rate risk. Accordingly, regulators subjectively consider an institution’s exposure to declines in the economic value of its capital due to changes in interest rates in evaluating capital adequacy.
 
The following table illustrates the Company’s risk-weighted capital ratios at December 31, 2007 and 2006. Banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of 8% of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted total assets. The Tier 1 capital ratio must be at least 4%. Capital qualifying as Tier 2 capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. As the table indicates, the Company maintains both Tier 1 and total risk-based capital well in excess of the required regulatory minimum ratios.
 
                 
Risk-Based Capital
 
    December 31,
    December 31,
 
    2007     2006  
Tier 1 Capital
    $  53,820       $  50,913  
Tier 2 Capital
    1,635       2,238  
                 
QUALIFYING CAPITAL
    $  55,455       $  53,151  
                 
Risk-Adjusted Total Assets(*)
    $289,081       $266,686  
                 
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
    18.62%       19.09%  
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio
    19.18%       19.93%  
Total Leverage Capital Ratio
    10.99%       11.04%  
                 
(*) Includes off-balance sheet exposures
 
 
 
In management’s opinion, as supported by the data in the following table, the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject as of December 31, 2007 and December 31, 2006. As of

 
58
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
those dates, the Company was “well capitalized”under regulatory prompt corrective action provisions.
 
                                 
    Actual Regulatory Capital Ratios as of:     Regulatory Capital Ratio requirements to be:  
    Dec. 31,
    Dec. 31,
    Well
    Adequately
 
    2007     2006     Capitalized     Capitalized  
Total risk-based capital to risk-weighted assets
    19.18%       19.93%       10.00%       8.00%  
Tier I capital to risk-weighted assets
    18.62%       19.09%       6.00%       4.00%  
Tier I capital to average assets
    10.99%       11.04%       5.00%       4.00%  
                                 
 
 
SFAS 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” requires that investments designated as available for sale be marked-to-market with corresponding entries to the deferred tax account and shareholders’ equity. Regulatory agencies, however, exclude these adjustments in computing risk-based capital, as their inclusion would tend to increase the volatility of this important measure of capital adequacy. Additional information regarding regulatory matters can be found in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements (NOTE 13.)
 
REGULATORY MATTERS
 
On March 13, 2000, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System approved the Company’s application to become a financial holding company. As a financial holding company, the Company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to a financial activity, as authorized by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (The Financial Services Reform Act). Under the Financial Services Reform Act, the Company may continue to claim the benefits of financial holding company status as long as each depository institution that it controls remains well capitalized and well managed. The Company is required to provide notice to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System when it becomes aware that any depository institution controlled by the Company ceases to be well capitalized or well managed. Furthermore, current regulation specifies that prior to initiating or engaging in any new activities that are authorized for financial holding companies, the Company’s insured depository institutions must be rated “satisfactory” or better under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA). As of December 31, 2007, the Company’s bank subsidiary was rated “satisfactory” for CRA purposes, and remained well capitalized and well managed, in management’s opinion.
 
MARKET RISK
 
Management considers interest rate risk to be the Company’s principal source of market risk. Interest rate risk is measured as the impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest income. Components of interest rate risk comprise repricing risk, basis risk and yield curve risk. Repricing risk arises due to timing differences in the repricing of assets and liabilities as interest rate changes occur. Basis risk occurs when repricing assets and liabilities reference different key rates. Yield curve risk arises when a shift occurs in the relationship among key rates across the maturity spectrum.
 
The effective management of interest rate risk seeks to limit the adverse impact of interest rate changes on the Company’s net interest margin, providing the Company with the best opportunity for maintaining consistent earnings growth. Toward this end, management uses computer simulation to model the Company’s financial performance under varying interest rate scenarios. These scenarios may reflect changes in the level of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, and changes in interest rate relationships.
 
The simulation model allows management to test and evaluate alternative responses to a changing interest rate environment. Typically when confronted with a heightened risk of rising interest rates, the Company will evaluate strategies that shorten investment and loan repricing intervals and maturities, emphasize the acquisition of floating rate over fixed rate assets, and lengthen the maturities of liability funding sources. When the risk of falling rates is perceived, management will consider strategies that shorten the maturities of funding sources, lengthen the repricing intervals and maturities of investments and loans,

 
59
 

 
 
 


 

 



CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
and emphasize the acquisition of fixed rate assets over floating rate assets.
 
Run off rate assumptions are obtained from a service that provides forecasted prepayment speeds based on the median forecast of 11 dealer firms for various mortgage types. Repricing characteristics are based upon actual information obtained from the Bank’s information system data and other related programs. Actual results may differ from simulated results not only due to the timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes, but also due to changes in general economic conditions, changes in customer preferences and behavior, and changes in strategies by both existing and potential competitors.
 
The following table shows the Company’s current estimate of interest rate sensitivity based on the composition of its balance sheet at December 31, 2007. For purposes of this analysis, short term interest rates as measured by the federal funds rate and the prime lending rate are assumed to increase (decrease) gradually over the next twelve months reaching a level 300 basis points higher (lower) than the rates in effect at December 31, 2007. Under both the rising rate scenario and the falling rate scenario, the yield curve is assumed to exhibit a parallel shift.
 
During 2007, the Federal Reserve increased its target rate for overnight federal funds by 100 basis points. At year end December 31, 2007, the difference between the yield on the ten-year Treasury and the three-month Treasury had increased to a positive 68 basis points from the negative 31 basis points that existed at December 31, 2006, indicating that the yield curve had become upward sloping. At December 31, 2007, rates peaked at the 20-year point on the Treasury yield curve. The yield curve remains positively sloping as interest rates continue to increase with a lengthening of maturities, with rates peaking at the long-end of the Treasury yield curve.
 
The base case against which interest rate sensitivity is measured assumes no change in short term rates. The base case also assumes no growth in assets and liabilities and no change in asset or liability mix. Under these simulated conditions, the base case projects net interest income of $15,231 for the year ending December 31, 2008.
 
                         
Simulated Net Interest Income Sensitivity
 
For the Twelve Months Ending December 31, 2008
 
    Net Interest
             
Change in Interest Rates
 
Income
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Graduated increase of +300 basis points
    $  15,250       $    19       0.1 %
Short term rates unchanged (base case)
    15,231                  
Graduated decrease of –300 basis points
    14,952       (279 )     (1.8 %)
                         
                         
 
The level of interest rate risk indicated is within limits that management considers acceptable. However, given that interest rate movements can be sudden and unanticipated, and are increasingly influenced by global events and circumstances beyond the purview of the Federal Reserve, no assurances can be made that interest rate movements will not impact key assumptions and parameters in a manner not presently embodied by the model.
 
It is management’s opinion that hedging instruments currently available are not a cost effective means of controlling interest rate risk for the Company. Accordingly, the Company does not currently use financial derivatives, such as interest rate options, swaps, caps, floors or other similar instruments.
 
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
 
The Company’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and follow general practices within the industries in which it operates. The most significant accounting policies followed by the Company are presented in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Some of these policies and related methodologies are more critical than others. The Company has identified its policy on the allowance for loan losses as being critical because it

 
60
 

 
 
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO
CORTLAND BANCORP AND SUBSIDIARIES
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
(In thousands of dollars, except for per share amounts)
 
requires management to make particularly difficult, subjective and/or complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and because of the likelihood that materially different amounts would be reported under different conditions or by using different assumptions.
 
The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of subjective measurements including management’s assessment of the internal risk classifications of loans, changes in the nature of the loan portfolio, industry concentrations and the impact of current local, regional and national economic factors on the quality of the loan portfolio. Changes in these estimates and assumptions are reasonably possible and may have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements, results of operations or liquidity.
 
Accordingly, the Company has developed and maintains a comprehensive, systematic and consistently applied process to determine the appropriate amounts of the allowance for loan losses, and resultant provision for loan losses, necessary to absorb estimated credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses represents management’s best estimate from within an acceptable range of estimated losses that it considers appropriate and prudent, but not excessive.
 
While management’s evaluation of the allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2007 has determined the allowance to be adequate, under adversely different conditions or assumptions, the Company would most likely need to increase the allowance. The assumptions and estimates used by the Company in its internal review of non-performing loans and potential problem loans, as well as the associated evaluation of the related collateral coverage for these loans, can have a significant impact on the overall assessment of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. While management has concluded that the current valuation of loan collateral is reasonable under present circumstances, if collateral valuations were significantly reduced due to either new information or other changing circumstances, additional provisions to the allowance for loan losses would most likely be necessary.
 
All accounting policies are important and the reader of these financial statements is encouraged to review the summary of significant accounting policies described in Note 1 of the Consolidated Financial Statements, in order to gain a better understanding of how the Company’s financial performance is reported.
 
For additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses, its relation to the provision for loan losses and risk related to asset quality, see sections of the “Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Management Discussion and Analysis” related to the allowance for loan losses.
 
IMPACT OF INFLATION
 
Consolidated financial information included herein has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the Company to measure financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars. Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation are generally not considered. Neither the price, timing nor the magnitude of changes directly coincide with changes in interest rates.

 
61
 

 
 
 


 

 




INFORMATION AS TO STOCK PRICES AND DIVIDENDS OF CORTLAND BANCORP
 
 
 
OTHER INFORMATION
 
The Company files quarterly reports, (Forms 10-Q), an annual report (Form 10-K), current reports on Form 8-K and proxy statements, as well as any amendments to those reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) pursuant to section 13(a) or (15)d of the Exchange Act. In 2008, the quarterly reports will be filed within 40 days of the end of each quarter, while the annual report is filed within 75 days of the end of the year. Any individual requesting copies of such reports may obtain these free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC by visiting our web site at www.cortland-banks.com or by writing to:
 
Deborah L. Eazor
Cortland Bancorp
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410
 
The SEC also maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.
 
The Company’s stock trades on the NASDAQ OTC market under the symbol CLDB. The following brokerage firms are known to be relatively active in trading the Company’s stock:
 
Community Banc Investments, Inc.
26 East Main Street
New Concord, Ohio 43762
Telephone: 1-800-224-1013
 
Ferris Baker Watts, Incorporated
655 Metro Place South
Metro Center V, Suite 330
Dublin Ohio 43017
Telephone: 1-866-313-4803
 
Hill Thompson Magid and Co., Inc.
15 Exchange Place Suite 800
Jersey City, New Jersey 07302
Telephone: 1-201-434-6900
 
Smith Barney Citigroup, Inc.
5048 Belmont Ave.
Youngstown, Ohio 44505
Telephone: 1-800-535-0017
 
Stifel, Nicholas & Co., Inc.
655 Metro Place South
Suite 200
Dublin, Ohio 43017
Telephone: 1-877-875-9352
 
UBS Financial Services
3701 Boardman Canfield Rd
P.O. Box 100
Canfield, Ohio 44406
Telephone: 330-533-7191
 
The following table shows the prices at which the common stock of the Company has actually been purchased and sold in market transactions during the periods indicated. The range of market price is compiled from data provided by brokers based on limited trading. Also shown in the table are the dividends per share on the outstanding common stock. All figures shown have been adjusted to give retroactive effect to the 1% stock dividend paid as of January 1, 2008 the 2% stock dividend paid as of January 1, 2007 and the 3% stock dividend paid January 1, 2006. The Company currently has approximately 1,661 shareholders.
 
 
                         
HIGH OR LOW TRADING PRICE PER QUARTER
 
                Cash
 
    Price Per Share     Dividends
 
   
High
   
Low
   
Per Share
 
 
2007
                       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 16.33     $ 11.20     $ 0.22  
Third Quarter
    17.77       14.95       0.21  
Second Quarter
    19.06       17.38       0.22  
First Quarter
    18.81       16.83       0.21  
                         
2006
                       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 18.07     $ 15.59     $ 0.22  
Third Quarter
    17.71       15.59       0.21  
Second Quarter
    18.20       17.18       0.21  
First Quarter
    19.17       17.48       0.21  
                         
2005
                       
Fourth Quarter
  $ 19.79     $ 16.99     $ 0.41  
Third Quarter
    19.79       17.91       0.21  
Second Quarter
    21.12       18.85       0.21  
First Quarter
    21.92       19.98       0.21  
                         
                         
 
For the convenience of shareholders, the Company has established a plan whereby shareholders may have their dividends automatically reinvested in the common stock of Cortland Bancorp. Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and shareholders may withdraw at any time.
 
For current stock prices you may access our home page at www.cortland-banks.com.
 
For more information on the dividend reinvestment plan, you may contact Deborah L. Eazor at the following telephone number: (330) 637-8040 Ext. 118 or E-mail address DLEAZOR@cortland-banks.com.

 
62
 

 
 
 


 

CORTLAND BANCORP
 
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
K. RAY MAHAN
Chairman
 
JERRY A. CARLETON
 
DAVID C. COLE
 
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
 
JAMES M. GASIOR
 
GEORGE E. GESSNER
 
JAMES E. HOFFMAN III
 
NEIL J. KABACK
 
RICHARD B. THOMPSON
 
TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER
 
WILLIAM A. HAGOOD
Director Emeritus
 
RODGER W. PLATT
Director Emeritus
 
OFFICERS
 
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
President and
Chief Executive Officer
 
JAMES M. GASIOR
Senior Vice President
Chief Financial Officer and
Corporate Secretary
 
CRAIG M. PHYTHYON
Senior Vice President
Chief Investment Officer
and Treasurer
 

 
63
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANCORP LOGO

 
 
THE CORTLAND SAVINGS AND BANKING COMPANY
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
JERRY A. CARLETON
President, Carleton Enterprises Inc.
 
DAVID C. COLE
Partner and President
Cole Valley Motor Company
 
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
JAMES M. GASIOR
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary
 
GEORGE E. GESSNER
Attorney
 
JAMES E. HOFFMAN III
Attorney
 
NEIL J. KABACK
Partner, Cohen & Company
 
K. RAY MAHAN
President, Mahan Packing Co.
and Chairman of the Board
 
RICHARD B. THOMPSON
Executive, Therm-O-Link, Inc.
 
TIMOTHY K. WOOFTER
President, Stan-Wade Metal Products
 
 
*  *  *  *  *
 
WILLIAM A. HAGOOD
Director Emeritus
 
RODGER W. PLATT
Director Emeritus
 
 
*  *  *  *  *
 
OFFICERS
 
LAWRENCE A. FANTAUZZI
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
JAMES M. GASIOR
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
and Secretary
 
STEPHEN A. TELEGO, SR.
Senior Vice President and Director of Human Resources and Corporate Administration
 
TIMOTHY CARNEY
Senior Vice President & Chief Operations Officer
 
CRAIG M. PHYTHYON
Senior Vice President, Chief Investment Officer and Treasurer
 
DANNY L. WHITE
Senior Vice President and Chief Lending Officer
 
CHARLES J. COMMONS
Vice President
 
MARLENE LENIO
Vice President
 
EMMA JEAN WOLLAM
Vice President
 
ROBERT J. HORVATH
Vice President
 
JUDY RUSSELL
Vice President
 
JAMES DUFF
Vice President
 
KEITH MROZEK
Vice President
 
DEBORAH L. EAZOR
Vice President
 
KAREN CLOWER
Vice President
 
GREG YURCO
Group-Vice President
 
JOAN M. FRANGIAMORE
Vice President
 
BARBARA R. SANDROCK
Vice President
 
WILLIAM J. HOLLAND
Group-Vice President
 
MICHAEL MATTOCKS
Group-Vice President
 
DEAN S. EVANS
Vice President
 
MARCEL P. ARNAL
Assistant Vice President
 
GRACE J. BACOT
Assistant Vice President
 
SHIRLEY F. ROOT
Assistant Vice President
 
DARLENE MACK
Assistant Vice President
and Trust Officer
 
JANET K. HOUSER
Assistant Vice President
 
RUSSELL E. TAYLOR
Assistant Vice President
 
BARBARA McKENZIE
Assistant Vice President
 
JAMES HUGHES
Assistant Vice President
 
SHIRLEY A. WADE
Assistant Vice President
 
CHRISTOPHER MADURA
Assistant Vice President
 
MICHELE LEE
Assistant Vice President
 
LANA MUIR
Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
 
HEATHER J. BOWSER
Assistant Secretary-Treasurer
 
KAREN MILLER
Assistant Secretary
 

 
64
 


 

 
CORTLAND BANKS OFFICES AND LOCATIONS
 
Thirteen Offices Serving These Fine Communities
 
BOARDMAN
8580 South Avenue
Youngstown, Ohio 44514
330-758-5884
 
BOARDMAN
Victor Hills Plaza
6538 South Avenue
Boardman, Ohio 44512
330-629-9151
 
BRISTOL
6090 State Route 45
Bristolville, Ohio 44402
330-889-3062
 
BROOKFIELD
7325 Warren-Sharon Road
Brookfield, Ohio 44403
330-448-6814
 
CORTLAND
194 West Main Street
Cortland, Ohio 44410
330-637-8040
 
HUBBARD
890 West Liberty Street
Hubbard, Ohio 44425
330-534-2265
 
MANTUA
11661 State Route 44
Mantua, Ohio 44255
330-274-3111
 
NILES PARK PLAZA
815 Youngstown-Warren Road
Suite 1
Niles, Ohio 44446
330-652-8700
 
NORTH BLOOMFIELD
8837 State Route 45
North Bloomfield, Ohio 44450
440-685-4731
 
 
VIENNA
4434 Warren-Sharon Road
Vienna, Ohio 44473
330-394-1438
 
WARREN
2935 Elm Road
Warren, Ohio 44483
330-372-1520
 
WILLIAMSFIELD
5917 U.S. Route 322
Williamsfield, Ohio 44093
440-293-7502
 
WINDHAM
8950 Maple Grove Road
Windham, Ohio 44288
330-326-2340
 
Member
Federal Reserve System
and
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
 
Visit us at our home page on the world wide web at
www.cortland-banks.com
or e-mail us at cbinfo@cortland-banks.com

 

Exhibit 14
Cortland Banks
Code of Ethics
(Revised and Adopted by the Board of Directors August 10, 2004)
This Code supersedes and replaces any prior communications, policies, rules, practices, standards and/or guidelines to the contrary, whether written or oral. To the extent there are any conflicts with the Employee Handbook, the language of this Code controls.
Introduction
           This Code consists of basic standards of business practice for Cortland Banks (Here-in-after being referred to as “the Bank”, “the Company”, “the Corporation”) as well as professional and personal conduct. Such standards require honesty and candor in our activities, including the observance of the spirit and the letter of the law. As set forth below, these standards have both personal and corporate implications.
          This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics covers a wide range of business practices and procedures. It does not cover every issue that may arise, but it sets out basic principles to guide all employees of the Company. All of our employees must conduct themselves accordingly and seek to avoid even the appearance of improper behavior. As necessary, the Code should also be provided to and followed by the Company’s agents and representatives, including consultants.
    Always ask first, act later: If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act. You should contact the Director of Human Resources.
 
    If a law conflicts with a policy in this Code, you must comply with the law; however, if a local custom or policy conflicts with this Code, you must comply with the Code. If you have any questions about these conflicts, you should contact the Director of Human Resources on how to handle the situation.
          Those who violate the standards in this Code will be subject to the Bank’s disciplinary action procedure which can be found in the “ Cortland Banks Employee Handbook”. Cortland Banks retains complete discretion as to the type of disciplinary action taken and may deviate from the normal procedure due to the nature and severity of the violation whenever the Company deems it appropriate.
Violation of the Cortland Banks Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy may result in the following discipline, up to and including discharge.
  a)   The issuance of a verbal warning for the first occurrence of a lesser offense (e.g., abusing personal telephone call privileges, tardiness, absenteeism, personal appearance).
 
  b)   A written disciplinary warning that outlines performance expectations and consequences.
 
  c)   Suspension
 
  d)   Discharge
If you are in a situation, which you believe may violate or lead to a violation of this Code, follow the guidelines described in number 36 on page 57 of this Code.

 


 

1. Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations
          Obeying the law, both in letter and in spirit, is the foundation on which this Company’s ethical standards are built. All employees must respect and obey the laws of the cities and states in which we operate and the United State of America. Although not all employees are expected to know the details of these laws, it is important to know enough to determine when to seek advice from supervisors, managers, or other appropriate personnel.
          The Company holds information and training sessions to promote compliance with laws, rules and regulations, including insider-trading laws.
  2.   Personal Conduct.
           Because the Corporation is judged by the collective performance and public perception of its employees, you must always act in a manner that merits public trust and confidence. The following are our basic principles of personal conduct:
    You must not take any action, either personally or on behalf of the Corporation, which will violate any law or regulation affecting our business.
 
    You must perform your assigned duties to the best of your ability and in the best interests of the Corporation, its customers, associates and shareholders.
 
    You must avoid all circumstances that could produce conflicts or the appearance of conflicts between your personal interests and those of the Corporation.
 
    You must comply with security and safety procedures established by the Corporation.
 
    You must adhere to and fully comply with all of the Corporation’s policies and procedures, including the Code, the Policy and the Employee Handbook.
 
    You must respect the confidentiality of information obtained in the course of business, including information related to the financial affairs of customers or to the investment value of any business enterprise.
 
    You must exercise absolute candor and fully cooperate in providing facts and information in connection with company investigations, or if requested of you by management or other authorized persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
 
    You must not use corporate resources or your corporate position in pursuit of personal interests that violate the Documents or any law or regulation.
Some specific examples of prohibited conduct are set forth in the Employee Handbook for your guidance, but such examples are not meant to be all-inclusive.
3.   Conflicts of Interest
          A “conflict of interest” exists when a person’s private interest interferes in any way with the interests of the Company. A conflict situation can arise when an employee, officer or director takes actions or has interests that may make it difficult to perform his or her Company work objectively and effectively. Conflicts of interest may also arise when an employee, officer or Director, or members of his or her family, receives improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position in the Company.
          Loans to, or guarantees of obligations of, employees and their family members may create conflicts of interest. It is almost always a conflict of interest for a Company employee to work simultaneously for a competitor, customer or supplier. You are not allowed to work for a competitor as a consultant or board member. The best policy is to avoid any direct or indirect business connections with our customers, suppliers or competitors, except on our behalf.

 


 

           Conflicts of interest are prohibited as a matter of Company policy. Conflicts of interest may not always be clear-cut, so if you have a question, you should consult with higher levels of management or the Director of Human Resources. Any employee, officer or director who becomes aware of a conflict or potential conflict should bring it to the attention of a supervisor, manager or other appropriate person or consult the procedures described in Section 35 & 36 of this Code.
           You must avoid conflicts between personal interests and the interests of Cortland Banks, or even the appearance of such conflicts. You must not act on behalf of Cortland Banks in any transaction involving persons or organizations with which you, or a family member ( 1 ) , have any financial or residual interest, other than through a compensation or similar plan sponsored by Cortland Banks.
           Defined broadly, a conflict of interest includes any situation in which you are engaged in two or more activities or relationships that, to some degree, are incompatible. Such situations might include activities, conduct or investments that could conflict with your duty to Cortland Banks, or that could adversely affect your judgment or job performance. The appearance of a conflict of interest can often be as detrimental as a conflict itself. You should exercise sound judgment before committing to any activity or participating in any transaction that could potentially be a conflict. In general, you should consider the following factors to avoid conflict of interest situations:
    Perception — Could the activity or transaction be perceived as a conflict of interest or a potential conflict by others, including associates, customers, suppliers, competitors, regulators or the public? If all the facts of the activity or transaction were made public, would you or the Corporation be embarrassed?
 
    Intent — Is the activity or transaction being offered in an attempt to influence your judgment?
 
    Impact — Will the Corporation be disadvantaged if you participate in the activity or transaction?
 
    Objectivity — Will participation in the activity or transaction in any way affect your ability to be objective with regard to any decision concerning a customer, associate or supplier?
 
    Time considerations — Will the time required for the activity or transaction interfere with your ability to effectively carry out your job responsibilities at Cortland Banks?
 
1    As used in the Cortland Banks Code of Ethics, “family member” means your spouse, child, an adopted child, mother, father, sister, brother, grandparent, grandchild, sibling, aunt, uncle, first cousin, sister-in-law, brother-in-law, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, son-in-law, or “step” relationship or a legal guardian, or other person who stands in place of a parent. “Family member” may be defined differently in other policies that are incorporated by reference into the Code.
  4.   Work conflicts and outside activities.
           If you decide to pursue additional employment, engage in an independent business venture or perform services for another business organization, you must disclose such activities to the Director of Human Resources, both verbal and in writing and obtain his or her pre-approval to avoid any potential conflicts. You must not pursue such activities during Cortland Banks business hours or allow any outside business, civic or charitable activities to interfere with your job performance.
           A conflict of interest may arise when you or one of your family members is a significant shareholder, director, officer, employee, consultant or agent of an organization that is a competitor, or that has current or prospective business with Cortland Banks as a customer, supplier or contractor. In such event, you must take steps to protect confidential information, remove yourself from situations where conflicts may arise and otherwise take steps to ensure that outside activities do not conflict with or impair your ability to perform your responsibilities for Cortland Banks and do not adversely affect the integrity, goodwill or public perception of Cortland Banks.

 


 

  5.   Outside Directorships of Employees.
           Although you are encouraged to take part in community and charitable activities, due to the time demands and potential conflicts of interest, you are required to advise your manager and the Director of Human Resources before serving on a board of a nonprofit organization. Directorships that will involve significant time away from the Corporation or that might otherwise interfere with efficient performance of normal duties or pose a conflict of interest, require the written approval of your manager and the Director of Human Resources.
           If you wish to serve as a director of any for-profit organization, you must first submit your request to the Director of Human Resources who will submit the request for review and disposition by the Bank’s Senior/ Executive Management Committee.
           You should avoid directorships that might pose a conflict of interest or create the appearance of a conflict of interest. If an apparent or actual conflict of interest develops and cannot be immediately resolved, you must withdraw promptly from service as a director of the outside corporation or organization. You should also be aware that you have sole responsibility for your actions and that the Corporation does not provide indemnification for associates who serve as directors of outside entities unless such service is at the specific written direction of an authorized representative of Cortland Banks.
           You are to abstain from, and not be physically present during, negotiations, preparations, recommendations or approvals of any extensions of credit or other business transactions between any company in the Cortland Banks family and any outside organization on whose board of directors you sit.
  6.   Insider Trading
          Employees who have access to confidential information are not permitted to use or share that information for stock trading purposes or for any other purpose except the conduct of our business. All non-public information about the Company should be considered confidential information. To use non-public information for personal financial benefit or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision on the basis of this information is not only unethical but also illegal.
  7.   Corporate Opportunities
          Employees, officers and directors are prohibited from taking for themselves personally opportunities that are discovered through the use of corporate property, information or position. No employee may use corporate property, information, or position for improper personal gain; and no employee may compete with the Company directly or indirectly. Employees, officers and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance its legitimate interests when the opportunity to do so arises.

 


 

  8.   Competition and Fair Dealing
          We seek to outperform our competition fairly and honestly. We seek competitive advantages through superior performance, never through unethical or illegal business practices. Stealing proprietary information, possessing trade secret information that was obtained without the owner’s consent, or inducing such disclosures by past or present employees of other companies is prohibited. Each employee should endeavor to respect the rights of and deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees. No employee should take unfair advantage of anyone though manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts, or any other intentional unfair-dealing practice.
          To maintain the Company’s valuable reputation, compliance with our quality processes and safety requirements is essential. In the context of ethics, quality requires that our products and services be designed and manufactured to meet our obligations to customers. All inspection and testing documents must be handled in accordance with all applicable regulations.
      Please discuss with the Director of Human Resources any gifts or plans which you are not certain are appropriate. Always ask first, act later: If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance from the Director of Human Resources before you act.
  9.   Business and Entertainment
          The purpose of business entertainment and gifts in a commercial setting is to create good will and sound working relationships, not to gain unfair advantage with customers. No gift or entertainment should ever be offered, given, provided or accepted by any Company employee, family member of an employee or agent unless it: (1) is not a cash gift, (2) is consistent with customary business practices, (3) is not excessive in value, (4) cannot be construed as a bribe or payoff and (5) does not violate any laws or regulations.
           Hospitality
                You must not accept hospitality or entertainment that is:
    solicited;
 
    lavish or unusual;
 
    not a normal or customary type of amenity;
 
    or an expense reimbursed by a customer or supplier that the Corporation would not pay.
                In addition, you should consider the following:
    Reciprocity. Are you in a position where you could provide reciprocal hospitality at Cortland Banks expense? You should consider not only the nature of the hospitality being offered, but also the organizational stature of the person making the offer.
 
    Reasonableness. Is the nature of the hospitality being offered typical for the size and status of the customer or supplier relationship? The type of hospitality being offered should be customary and appropriate with regard to your job responsibilities.
You are encouraged to discuss the appropriateness of any offer of hospitality, given the circumstances, with your manager. If there remains any question as to the appropriateness of such offer, the matter should be directed to the Director of Human Resources.

 


 

  10.   Supplier relationships.
           If you are authorized to approve or award orders, contracts and commitments to suppliers of goods or services, you must do so based on objective business standards to avoid any real or perceived personal favoritism. Cortland Banks business of this nature must be conducted strictly on an arm’s-length basis with due regard to Cortland Banks policies involving, community reinvestment and other business considerations.
  11.   Discrimination and Harassment
          The diversity of the Company’s employees is a tremendous asset. We are firmly committed to providing equal opportunity in all aspects of employment and will not tolerate any illegal discrimination or harassment of any kind. Examples include derogatory comments based on racial or ethnic characteristics and unwelcome sexual advances. Employees should immediately report any improper discrimination or harassment to the appropriate supervisor and/or the Director of Human Resources.
  12.   Health and Safety
          The Company strives to provide each employee with a safe and healthy work environment. Each employee has responsibility for maintaining a safe and healthy workplace for all employees by following safety and health rules and practices and reporting accidents, injuries and unsafe equipment, practices or conditions.
          Violence and threatening behavior are not permitted. Employees should report to work in condition to perform their duties, free from the influence of illegal drugs or alcohol. The use of illegal drugs in the workplace will not be tolerated and may result in disciplinary action, up to and including dismissal.
  13.   Record-Keeping
          The Company requires honest and accurate recording and reporting of information in order to make responsible business decisions. For example, only the true and actual number of hours worked should be reported.
          Many employees regularly use business expense accounts, which must be documented and recorded accurately. If you are not sure whether a certain expense is legitimate, ask your supervisor or your controller.
          All of the Company’s books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and must conform both to applicable legal requirements and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets should not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.
          Business records and communications often become public, and we should avoid exaggeration, derogatory remarks, guesswork, or inappropriate characterizations of people and companies that can be misunderstood. This applies equally to e-mail, internal memos, and formal reports. Records should always be retained or destroyed according to the Company’s record retention policies. In accordance with those policies, in the event of litigation or governmental investigation please consult the Company’s Legal Counsel.

 


 

  14.   Confidentiality
          Employees must maintain the confidentiality of confidential information entrusted to them by the Company or its customers, except when disclosure is authorized by the General Counsel or required by laws or regulations. Confidential information includes all non-public information that might be of use to competitors, or harmful to the Company or its customers, if disclosed. It also includes information that suppliers and customers have entrusted to us. The obligation to preserve confidential information continues even after employment ends.
          Confidentiality is a fundamental principle of our business that is particularly applicable to nonpublic information concerning Cortland Banks and to information received by Cortland Banks from a customer or supplier for an express business purpose. It applies with equal force to oral or informal communications as well as to written, printed or computer-generated information.
          Specific corporate policies exist regarding the use of information and adequate control of critical and secured information. These policies include the General Policy on Insider Trading, the Corporate Information Security Policy and the Privacy Policy for Consumers. You must be familiar with these policies and understand how such policies impact your work.
  15.   Cortland Banks information.
           Nonpublic information regarding Cortland Banks is to be conveyed to others only on a reasonable need-to-know basis that furthers a legitimate business purpose of Cortland Banks. Information is to be conveyed with the express understanding that the information is confidential and is to be used solely for the limited purpose for which it was received and given. Unless otherwise instructed, you must treat internal Cortland Banks activities and plans as confidential, to be disseminated within the internal structure of Cortland Banks only on a need-to-know basis.
  16.   Customer information.
           Cortland Banks subscribes to extremely high standards of protection for personally identifiable confidential information obtained from or about a customer, and recognizes its obligation to keep such customer information secure and confidential. Such confidential information may include account balances and transaction data, financial condition, and anticipated changes in management, business plan, or financial projections. The Corporation’s comprehensive Privacy Policy for Consumers covers consumer customer information and is provided to consumer customers as required by law.
           It is the policy of Cortland Banks to provide customer information to outside companies only in order to conduct our business, comply with applicable law, protect against fraud or other suspected illegal activity, provide products and services to our customers, provide a good customer experience or comply with a customer’s request. Information shared will be limited to that needed or legally required and subject to confidentiality agreements, where applicable. In addition, you are authorized to access customer information only for legitimate business purposes on a need-to-know basis. You are responsible for understanding your obligations to protect the confidentiality and security of customer information. Cortland Banks provides employee training, as appropriate, to help you understand your obligations with respect to confidentiality of customer information.
  17.   Supplier information.
           Confidential competitive information submitted to Cortland Banks in connection with the purchase of products or services must be maintained in strictest confidence in order to avoid giving or receiving any improper competitive advantage with respect to any supplier.

 


 

  18.   Employee privacy.
           Information and communications on the Corporation’s private computer systems are subject to review, monitoring and recording at any time without notice or permission. Unauthorized use or access may be subject to prosecution or disciplinary action. Additional information regarding associate privacy is set forth in the Employee Handbook.
  19.   Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets
          All employees should endeavor to protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. Theft, carelessness, and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Any suspected incident of fraud or theft should be immediately reported for investigation. Company equipment should not be used for non-Company business, though incidental personal use may be permitted.
          The obligation to protect the Company’s assets includes its proprietary information. Proprietary information includes intellectual property such as trade secrets, patents, trademarks, and copyrights, as well as business, marketing, and service plans, engineering and manufacturing ideas, designs, databases, records, salary information and any unpublished financial data and reports. Unauthorized use or distribution of this information would violate Company policy. It could also be illegal and result in civil or even criminal penalties. All employees should do their best to make sure that Company property under their control is properly used and protected by adequate controls and safeguards.
          Proper use of Cortland Banks assets and appropriate recording and documentation of such use is essential to the financial soundness and integrity of Cortland Banks. You must not misuse (including inappropriate Internet usage) or remove from our facilities furnishings, equipment, technology or supplies, unless specifically authorized. Further, you must not use Cortland Banks assets, or your position, for personal gain or another’s advantage. Additional information regarding your use of the Internet and intranet is set forth in the Employee Handbook.
          This policy applies equally to property created, obtained or copied by Cortland Banks for its exclusive use, such as computer software, customer lists or information, databases, data processing systems, files, reference materials, reports, and the like. Neither originals nor copies may be used for any purpose other than Cortland Banks business.
          Any assets you create and any tangible contributions you make to the development and implementation of Cortland Banks assets, whether directly or indirectly, while employed within Cortland Banks are Cortland Banks property and remain its property even if you leave employment with Cortland Banks.
  20.   Intellectual property.
          Cortland Banks owns all rights, title and interest in intellectual property, including inventions, improvements, works of authorship, ideas, data, processes, computer software programs, and discoveries, conceived or developed by you during your term of employment, relating to actual or anticipated business of, or research or development by, Cortland Banks. You must disclose all intellectual property promptly to your manager and execute all documents and do all things necessary to assist Cortland Banks, at the Corporation’s expense, in obtaining protection for intellectual property.

 


 

  21.   Record retention.
          The Corporation has a long-standing record retention policy to prevent, when appropriate, the destruction of records that would normally be purged in the ordinary course of business. References in this section to “company records” include all recorded information, regardless of medium or characteristics (for example, paper, microfilm, magnetic disks/tapes, electronic or optical), whether centrally stored or retained as desk files at your work areas. “Company records” does not include customer records that may be subject to subpoenas in actions, proceedings or investigations not involving the Corporation. Such customer records are produced and retained in accordance with policies and procedures that are separate from this Code.
          Company records that might normally be destroyed under the Corporation’s standard Records Retention Schedule must not be destroyed if those records are relevant to a pending, threatened or reasonably anticipated legal or administrative action or proceeding against or by the Corporation or internal, regulatory or governmental investigation involving the Corporation (for purposes of this section, collectively referred to as “Actions”). In general, this means you must cease record destruction (and prevent others from destroying records) if you are aware or are notified that:
    there is an Action that may reasonably require production of company records;
 
    company records are covered by a request for production, subpoena or similar request; or
 
    the Corporation is voluntarily cooperating with governmental or regulatory authorities or other outside parties in any action, proceeding or investigation that may reasonably require production of company records.
          If there is any question as to whether a particular record should be maintained, written approval must be obtained from the Bank’s Legal Counsel representative prior to its destruction.
          Company records destroyed after the Corporation is on notice of an Action may result in penalties to the Corporation and to the individuals involved.
  22.   Misappropriation.
          Anyone who embezzles steals or willfully misappropriates any monies, funds or anything of value from Cortland Banks may be subject to fine, imprisonment, restitution payment and other such actions conferred by law or Cortland Banks policy, in addition to disciplinary action.
  23.   Official documentation.
          You must not use official Cortland Banks stationery, the corporate brand or other official documentation or use the name “Cortland Banks” for any personal or nonofficial purpose since such use implies endorsement by Cortland Banks. Cortland Banks hereby disclaims any and all implied endorsements that may appear to result from a violation of this section.
  24.   Personal financial responsibility
  a .   Financial conduct.
          You should conduct your financial affairs in a responsible and prudent manner, so as to be above criticism.

 


 

  b.   Borrowing.
          You may not personally borrow money from or lend to suppliers, customers or other associates unless such loan is to or from a family member or from an institution normally in the business of lending, and there is no conflict of interest. You may make an occasional loan of nominal value (such as for lunch) to another employee as long as no interest is charged.
          Certain borrowing from correspondent banks must be reported to the Office of the Corporate Secretary. Those specific individuals who must report such borrowing will be advised directly by the Office of the Corporate Secretary.
  c.   Business expenses.
          You are responsible for the accurate and timely reporting of expenses. All expenditures must be ordinary and necessary to accomplish expected business purposes, include required approvals and be in accordance with existing expense policies. Further, you must not use your business credit card for any purpose other than appropriate business expenses.
  d.   Personal fees.
          Unless specifically authorized by Cortland Banks, you may not accept personal fees or commissions in connection with any transaction on behalf of Cortland Banks.
  25.   Compliance with law
          You must not take any action, either personally or on behalf of the Corporation that will violate any law, regulation or internal policy.
  26.   Anti-money laundering compliance
          Cortland Banks will cooperate fully, in accordance with applicable laws, with the efforts of law enforcement agencies to prevent, detect and prosecute money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The Corporation will not knowingly do business with existing or prospective customers (for purposes of this section, collectively referred to as “customers”) whose money is believed to be derived from or used to support criminal or terrorist activity. If the Corporation becomes aware of facts that lead to the reasonable presumption that a customer is engaged in such activities or that a customer’s transactions are themselves criminal in purpose, appropriate measures, consistent with the law, will be taken. Such measures could include, for example, terminating business dealings with the customer, closing or freezing the customer’s accounts, and filing reports with governmental authorities.
          You must make reasonable efforts to determine the true identity of all customers of the Corporation’s products and services to help keep the global financial and trading systems from being used as a channel for financing crime and terrorism. Business transactions will not be conducted with customers who fail to provide appropriate evidence of their identity, or who seek to deceive regulatory or law enforcement agencies by providing altered, incomplete or misleading information. It is vital for all associates to understand fully those actions that may constitute a violation of applicable anti-money laundering statutes and to report any potential violation in the manner set forth in the appropriate Anti-Money Laundering Compliance procedures.

 


 

  27.   The Bank Bribery Act Policy
           Each employee is required to sign THE BANK BRIBERY ACT POLICY upon their hire at Cortland Banks. This policy is reviewed and updated annually by the Board of Directors. Refer to your signed document copy or the updated copy that is in your Employee Handbook for further details.
           Remember, please discuss with the Director of Human Resources any gifts or plans which you are not certain are appropriate. Always ask first, act later: If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance from the Director of Human Resources before you act.
  28.   Bribes and other improper payments.
          You may not utilize, either directly or indirectly, Cortland Banks funds or property for any unlawful or improper use. Accordingly, you must not give any bribes, kickbacks, promises or any other thing of value to any person or entity or accept any such thing of value from any person or entity to obtain or retain business or for any reason whatsoever. In addition, you shall not make any unlawful preferential extension of credit to any officer, customer, director or principal shareholder of any customer or prospective customer. This policy should not be construed to limit the use of Cortland Banks funds and other assets in the ethical pursuit of acquiring additional business for Cortland Banks in the normal course of business.
  29.   Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.
          You must not give or promise to give money or anything of value to any executive, official or employee of any government, governmental agency, political party (including candidates for political office) or other organization if it could reasonably be construed as being intended to influence a Cortland Banks business relationship with such entity. Such payments must not be made by you or any agent of Cortland Banks to obtain or retain business or secure any improper advantage.
  30.   Political Contributions and Committees
           It is the policy of Cortland Banks to encourage informed participation in governmental, regulatory and elective processes. You may elect to make personal political contributions, either directly or through political action committees as prescribed and permitted by applicable local, state and federal laws, as well as the laws of any applicable jurisdiction outside of the United States.
           Federal statutes make it unlawful for a national bank to make any contribution or expenditure through the use of funds, services, property or other resources in conjunction with any federal, state or local election. Additionally, corporations are also restricted from making campaign contributions and expenditures in federal elections and in many states.
           Certain broker-dealer associates and other associates who may refer municipal securities business to the Cortland Banks are subject to additional conditions regarding political contribution and volunteer activities.
           You must avoid political committee involvement that might pose a conflict of interest or create the appearance of a conflict of interest. If an apparent or actual conflict of interest develops and cannot be immediately resolved, you must withdraw promptly from service as a committee member or officer of the political committee or organization. You should also be aware that you have sole responsibility for your actions and that the Corporation does not provide indemnification for associates who serve as committee members, officers, and directors of outside entities unless such service is at the specific written direction of an authorized representative of Cortland Banks.

 


 

You are to abstain from, and not be physically present during, negotiations, preparations, recommendations or approvals of any extensions of credit or other business transactions between any company in the Cortland Banks family and any outside organization on whose committee or board of directors you sit.
           These employees should consult their manager and the Director of Human Resources for specific guidance.
31.     Accounting.
          To ensure the integrity and objectivity of its consolidated financial statements, Cortland Banks has established internal accounting and operating controls and procedures, including disclosure controls and procedures and a Disclosure Committee. All associates responsible for the preparation of the Corporation’s financial statements, or who provide information as part of that process (including the Corporation’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer), must maintain and adhere to these controls so that all underlying transactions, both within Cortland Banks and with third parties, are properly documented, recorded and reported. Further, all employees have the responsibility to promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that Cortland Banks files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission and in other public communications made by the Corporation.
           The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors has established procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters. You may raise any such concerns to the Director of Human Resources. The procedure mandated by the Audit Committee ensures that these complaints can be submitted anonymously and in complete confidence.
32.     Investigations
          You must cooperate fully with any investigation, internal audit, external audit or regulatory examination. If you become aware that you are or have been the subject of any external investigation, you must immediately inform your manager, unless otherwise prohibited by law, regulation or the investigating authority.
33.     Payments to Government Personnel
          The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act prohibits giving anything of value, directly or indirectly, to officials of foreign governments or foreign political candidates in order to obtain or retain business. It is strictly prohibited to make illegal payments to government officials of any country.
     In addition, the U.S. government has a number of laws and regulations regarding business gratuities, which may be accepted by U.S. government personnel. The promise, offer or delivery to an official or employee of the U.S. government of a gift, favor or other gratuity in violation of these rules would not only violate Company policy but could also be a criminal offense. State and local governments, as well as foreign governments, may have similar rules. The Company’s in-house legal council can provide guidance to you in this area.
34.   Waivers of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
          The Company discourages waivers of this Code except in extraordinary circumstances. Any waiver of this Code for executive officers or directors may be made only by the Board or by Audit committee and if required will be promptly disclosed by law or stock exchange regulation. Employees will acknowledge their review and acceptance or provisions of this Policy by signing an “Acknowledgement Statement.”

 


 

  35.   Reporting any Illegal or Unethical Behavior
          Employees are encouraged to talk to supervisors, managers or other appropriate personnel when in doubt about the best course of action in a particular situation. It is the policy of the Company not to allow retaliation for reports of misconduct by others made in good faith by employees. Employees are expected to cooperate in internal investigations of misconduct.
  36.   Compliance Procedures
          We must all work to ensure prompt and consistent action against violations of this Code. However, in some situations it is difficult to know if a violation has occurred. Since we cannot anticipate every situation that will arise, it is important that we have a way to approach a new question or problem. These are the steps to keep in mind:
    Make sure you have all the facts . In order to reach the right solutions, we must be as fully informed as possible.
 
    Ask yourself: What specifically am I being asked to do? Does it seem unethical or improper? This will enable you to focus on the specific question you are faced with, and the alternatives you have. Use your judgment and common sense; if something seems unethical or improper, it probably is.
 
    Clarify your responsibility and role. In most situations, there is shared responsibility. Are your colleagues informed? It may help to get others involved and discuss the problem.
 
    Discuss the problem with your supervisor. This is the basic guidance for all situations. In many cases, your supervisor will be more knowledgeable about the question, and will appreciate being brought into the decision-making process. Remember that is your supervisor’s responsibility to help solve problems.
 
    Seek help from Company resources. In the rare case where it may not be appropriate to discuss an ethics issue with your supervisor or where you do not feel comfortable approaching your supervisor with your question, discuss it locally with your facility or office manager or your Human Resources manager.
 
    You may report ethical violations in confidence and without fear of retaliation. If your situation requires that your identity be kept secret, your anonymity will be protected. The Company does not permit retaliation of any kind against employees for good faith reports of ethical violations.
 
    Always ask first, act later: If you are unsure of what to do in any situation, seek guidance before you act.

 

 

Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT
     The following lists the subsidiaries of the registrant and the state of incorporation of each:
     
NAME   INCORPORATED
1)       The Cortland Savings and Banking Company
  Ohio
 
2)       New Resources Leasing Company
  Ohio

 

 

Exhibit 23
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectuses constituting part of the Registration Statements on Form S-8 for the Cortland Savings and Banking 401 (k) Plan and Form S-3 for the Cortland Bancorp Dividend Reinvestment Plan of our report dated February 29, 2008, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Cortland Bancorp and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2007, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Cortland Bancorp for the year ended December 31, 2007.
         

Youngstown, Ohio
  /s/ Packer Thomas
 
Packer Thomas
   
March 14, 2008
       

 

 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cortland Bancorp;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter(the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 11, 2008.
         
 
  /s/ Lawrence A. Fantauzzi    
 
       
 
  Lawrence A. Fantauzzi    
 
  Title: Chief Executive Officer    

 

 

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, James M. Gasior, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Cortland Bancorp;
2. Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal controls over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: March 11, 2008
         
     
  /s/ James M. Gasior    
  James M. Gasior,    
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer   
 

 

 

Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATIONS OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO TITLE 18, UNITED
STATES CODE, SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED PURSUANT
TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Lawrence A. Fantauzzi, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
 
  /s/ Lawrence A. Fantauzzi *    
 
       
 
  Print Name: Lawrence A. Fantauzzi    
 
  Title: Chief Executive Officer    
 
  Date: March 11, 2008    
     In connection with the Annual Report of Cortland Bancorp (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2007 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, James M. Gasior, the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to Title 18, United States Code, Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  (1)   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  (2)   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
         
 
  /s/ James M. Gasior *    
 
       
 
  Print Name: James M. Gasior    
 
  Title: Chief Financial Officer    
 
  Date: March 11, 2008    
 
*   This certification is being furnished as required by Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, and shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or otherwise subject to the liability of that Section. This certification shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, except as otherwise stated in such filing.
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to and is being retained by Cortland Bancorp and will be forwarded to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.